Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

many cases

  • 1 многие

    many
    Во многих приложениях это все, что необходимо (= требуется). - In many applications this is all that is required.
    Во многих случаях это будет очевидно из простого наблюдения. - In many cases this will be obvious by inspection.
    Многие не знают, что... - It is not widely known that...
    Многие считают, что... - There is much speculation that...
    Многими считается, что... - It is widely believed that...
    Однако во многих случаях мы не знаем... - But in many cases, we do not know...

    Русско-английский словарь научного общения > многие

  • 2 случай

    (см. также вариант, версия, факт) case, event, occurrence, incident, occasion, chance
    Безусловно это можно использовать лишь в случае, если... - Of course this applies only if...
    Безусловно, в некоторых случаях... - In some cases, of course,...
    Частным случаем все еще является тот, в котором... - A still more restricted case is that in which...
    В огромном большинстве случаев... - In the vast majority of cases,...
    В данном случае единственной возможностью является... - For this case, the only recourse is to...
    В данном случае значение переменной Q не имеет какого-либо элементарного или очевидного объяснения. - In this case the quantity Q has no elementary or obvious meaning.
    В данном случае можно использовать другой подход. - In this case a different approach can be used.
    В зависимости от... возникают три случая. - Three cases arise depending on whether...
    В зависимости от того, действительно ли..., необходимо различать два случая. - Two cases are to be distinguished, according to whether...
    В качестве дополнительной иллюстрации рассмотрим случай... - As an additional illustration, consider the case of...
    В лучшем случае, подобные величины представляют (собой)... - At best such values represent...
    В любом случае, более удовлетворительным является (использовать и т. п.)... - In any case it is more satisfactory to...
    В любом случае, возможно, было бы правильным сказать, что... - In any case, it is probably fair to say that...
    В любом случае, очевидно, что... - At any rate, it is clear that...
    В некоторых случаях более надежные значения для F могут быть получены из... - In some cases more reliable values for F can be obtained from...
    В некоторых случаях более полезно... - In some cases it is more useful to...
    В некоторых случаях возможно... - In some cases it is possible to...
    В некоторых случаях достаточно... - In some cases, it is sufficient to...
    В некоторых случаях может оказаться необходимым... - It may be necessary in some cases to...
    В некоторых случаях эти два ограничения... - In some instances the two bounds fall close together...
    В общем случае будет невозможно (найти и т. п.)... - It will not in general be possible to...
    В общем случае будет обнаружено, что... - In the general case it will be found that...
    В общем случае возможно доказать, что... - In general, it is possible to prove that...
    В общем случае довольно трудно... - Generally, it is rather difficult to...
    В общем случае мы считаем наилучшим (вычислить и т. п.)... - In general, we find it best to...
    В общем случае несправедливо, что... - It is not in general true that...
    В общем случае предполагается, что... - It is generally assumed that...
    В общем случае рассуждение делают строгим, используя... - For the general case the argument is made precise by use of...
    В общем случае следует ожидать, что... - In general it should be anticipated that...
    В общем случае у нас нет оснований ожидать... - In the general case, we cannot reasonably expect...
    В общем случае это не будет происходить, если только не... - This will not happen, in general, unless...
    В общем случае это несправедливо. - In general this is not true.
    В общем случае, рассматриваемом ниже,... - In the general case to be dealt with below,...
    В обычном (= типичном) случае, например, можно было бы... - In a typical case, for example, one might...
    В подобном случае могло бы быть проще уточнить... - In such a case, it might be simpler to specify...
    В подобных случаях было предложено, чтобы... - In such cases it was suggested that...
    В последнем случае может быть достаточно (вычислить и т. п.)... - In the latter case it may be sufficient to...
    В простом специальном случае, когда X имеет форму (2.3), мы можем записать... - In the simple special case that X has the form (2.3) we can write...
    В различных случаях мы обнаружили, что удобно... - We have found it convenient on various occasions to...
    В следующей главе мы упростим ситуацию, рассматривая случай... - In the next chapter we simplify matters by considering the case of...
    В случае (а) неравенство (1) доказывается в [2]. - In the case (a) inequality (1) is proved in [2].
    В случае, если лекция откладывается, вас известят. - You will be given due notice in the event that the lecture is postponed.
    В соответствии с природой... возникают четыре разных случая. - Four distinct cases arise according to the nature of...
    В таком случае естественно сказать, что... - In this case it is natural to say that...
    В таком случае мы часто говорим, что... - In this situation, we often say that...
    В частных случаях может произойти (что-л). - In particular cases it may happen that...
    В этой главе мы рассматриваем различные случаи... - In this chapter we consider various cases of...
    В этом случае мы могли бы определить (= ввести)... - For this case we may define...
    В этом случае особенно просто... - In this case it is particularly easy to...
    В этом случае, невозможно более (использовать и т. п.)... - In this case, it is no longer possible to...
    Важный случай возникает, когда... - An important case occurs when...
    Во всех случаях общепризнанно, что... - In all cases it is generally recognized that...
    Во втором случае говорится о... - In the latter case one speaks of...
    Во многих случаях необходимо знать скорость (= частоту), при которой... - In many cases it is required to know the rate at which...
    Во многих случаях необходимо обращаться за помощью к приближенным методам. - In many cases it is necessary to resort to approximate methods.
    Во многих случаях это будет очевидно из простого наблюдения. - In many cases this will be obvious by inspection.
    Во многих случаях это не имеет значения. - In many cases this is of no importance.
    Возвращаясь теперь к более общему случаю, где/ когда... - Returning now to the more general case where...
    Все случаи такого типа покрываются... - All cases of this kind are covered by...
    Все это возникает как частные случаи (чего-л). - All of these arise as particular cases of...
    Выберем специальный случай, когда... - Let us choose the special case where...
    Давайте представим случай, когда... - Let us imagine a case where...
    Давайте применим наше правило к простому случаю... - Let us now apply our rule to the simple case of...
    Давайте рассмотрим некоторые частные случаи (чего-л). - Let us look at some particular cases of...
    Давайте сейчас проведем данную процедуру в специальном случае... - Let us carry out this procedure here for the special case of...
    Далее, мы кратко рассматриваем случаи, в которых... - Further, we briefly treat cases in which...
    Данный метод особенно подходит в случае, когда... - The method is particularly appropriate when...
    Действительно, наиболее типичным является случай, когда... - Indeed, it is typically the case that...
    Для простоты мы ограничимся случаем... - For simplicity we shall confine ourselves to the case of...
    До сих пор мы рассматривали лишь случаи, когда... - So far we have considered only cases in which...
    Другие случаи молено обсудить в подобной манере. - In a similar manner other cases may be discussed.
    Другим крайним случаем является... - At the other extreme is the case of...
    Другим частным случаем является тот из... - Another simple case is that of...
    Другой случай, представляющий для нас интерес, получается, если/ когда... - Another case of interest is obtained if...
    Если это тот самый случай, то отсюда следует... - This being the case, it follows that...
    Еще один интересный случай - это (случай)... - A further case of interest is that of...
    За исключением специальных простых случаев, во всех остальных не является очевидным, действительно ли... - Except in certain simple cases it will not be obvious whether...
    Зарегистрированы случаи (чего-л). - There are cases on record of...
    Здесь будет рассмотрен только последний (= второй) случай. - Only the latter case will be treated here.
    Здесь мы видим простой случай (чего-л). - Here we see a simple case of...
    й в данном случае это находится в соответствии с... - Again this is in accordance with...
    Из симметрии в данном случае очевидно, что... - In this case it is obvious from symmetry that...; From symmetry it is obvious that...
    Имеются несколько специальных случаев, представляющих для нас большой интерес. - There are several special cases of particular interest to us.
    Имеются случаи, когда... - There are cases when...
    Имеются случаи, когда можно (показать и т. п.)... - There are cases when it is possible to...
    Интересны несколько специальных случаев. - Several special cases are of interest.
    Интересный случай возникает, когда... - An interesting case occurs when...
    Интересным является случай, когда... - An interesting special case is when...
    Исследование каждого случая отдельно приводит к... - Examination of each individual case leads to...
    Итак, мы ограничимся наиболее важным случаем, который... - We therefore confine ourselves to the most important case, which is...
    К несчастью, встречаются случаи, когда... - Unfortunately there are occasions when...
    К сожалению, за исключением простейших случаев, довольно трудно (получить и т. п.)... - With the exception of the simplest cases it is, unfortunately, rather difficult to...
    Критический случай получается, когда... - The critical case is that in which...
    Между этими двумя весьма крайними случаями лежит большинство... - Between these two rather extreme cases lies the great majority of...
    Можно отметить три специальных случая. - Three special cases may be noticed. •'
    Мы до сих пор не рассматривали случай, когда... - We still have not dealt with the case in which...
    Мы должны отличать последний случай от случая... - This last case should be distinguished from the case of...
    Мы имеем здесь дело со случаем, когда... - We deal here with the case in which...
    Мы можем, конечно, применить теорему 1 к случаю, где/ когда... - We can, of course, apply Theorem 1 to the case where...
    Мы обсуждаем это в общем случае, когда... - We discuss this in the general case when...
    Мы ограничим наши рассуждения случаем... - We shall restrict our considerations to the case of...
    Мы очень просто включим сюда все случаи, сказав, что... - We include all cases very simply by saying that...
    Мы пренебрегаем случаем, когда х < 0. - We disregard the case when x < 0.
    Мы применим наши результаты к одному простому случаю. - We shall apply our results to a simple case.
    Мы проиллюстрируем данный метод для случая... - We shall illustrate the procedure for the case of...
    Мы рассматриваем каждый из этих двух случаев отдельно. - We consider these two cases separately.
    Мы увидим, что данное исследование применимо также в случае... - It will be observed that this investigation applies also to the case of...
    Мы уже применили здесь один специальный случай (чего-л). - We have used here a special case of...
    Мы уже убедились, что в общем случае мы не можем ожидать... - We have already seen that we cannot, in general, expect...
    На практике мы почти всегда встречаем случай, когда... - In practice, it is almost invariably the case that...
    Наиболее важным случаем является тот, в котором... - The most important case is that in which...
    Наиболее заметным (этот) случай становится, когда... - The most conspicuous case occurs when...
    Простейший и, одновременно, наиболее широко используемый случай это... - The simplest case, and the most widely used, is that of...
    Нам не известны случаи (чего-л). - No case of... has come to our notice.
    Наше задание становится существенно сложнее в случае... - The task at hand is more complicated in the case of...
    Общий случай рассматривается в упражнении 54. - The general case is considered in Exercise 54.
    Однако в данном случае проделать это затруднительно. - In the present situation, however, it is not feasible to do this.
    Однако в общем случае мы заинтересованы в измерении других характеристик... - In general, however, we are interested in measuring other properties of...
    Однако в общем случае эта идея имеет небольшую область приложений. - However, this idea has little application in general.
    Однако в случае... эти эффекты относительно малы. - These effects are, however, relatively small in the case of...
    Однако в специальных случаях это затруднение можно обойти. - In special cases, however, this difficulty may be circumvented.
    Однако во многих случаях мы не знаем... - But in many cases, we do not know...
    Однако для этих случаев часто более эффективно... - For these cases it is, however, often more efficient to...
    Однако из экспериментов мы знаем, что бывают случаи, когда... - Experimentally, however, we know that there are cases when...
    Однако имеется много случаев, когда... - There are, however, many cases in which...
    Однако имеется один интересный случай, когда... - There is, however, one interesting case in which...
    Однако имеются два предельных случая, когда... - There are, however, two limiting cases in which...
    Однако имеются некоторые специальные случаи, когда... - There are, however, some special cases in which...
    Однако имеются несколько специальных случаев, в которых/ когда... - There are, however, a few specific cases in which...
    Однако легко обобщить это исследование на случай, когда... - It is easy, however, to generalize this treatment to the case of...
    Однако существуют важные специальные случаи, когда... - There are, however, important special cases when...
    Однако это, несомненно, случай... - But this is by no means the case for...
    Однако, в общем случае, несправедливо, что... - It is not true in general, however, that...
    Одним важным исключением является случай... - An important exception is the case of...
    Основные результаты приводятся ниже, сначала для случая... - The main results are stated below, first for the case of...
    Особенно важным для наших целей является случай, что... - Particularly important for our purposes is the case of...
    Особенно это тот случай, когда... - This is particularly the case when...
    Особый интерес вызывают случаи, когда... - Special interest attaches to cases in which...
    Оставляя в стороне особые случаи, мы... - Leaving these singular cases aside, we...
    Оставляя этот случай в стороне, получаем, что... - Leaving this case out of consideration, it follows that...
    Остается рассмотреть случай, когда... - It remains now to deal with the case when...
    Очевидно, они неприменимы к случаям, где/ когда... - Clearly they do not apply to cases where...
    Первым и самым простым из этих случаев является случай, когда... - The first of these, and the simplest, is...
    Подобные случаи могут быть описаны общим уравнением... - Such cases can be covered by the general equation...
    Поучительно решить эти уравнения в случае... - It is instructive to work out these equations for the case of...
    Применение данной теории к частным случаям требует... - The application of the theory to particular cases requires...
    Простейший пример такой ситуации дается специальным случаем... - The simplest example of such a situation is the special case of...
    Простейшим случаем является тот, когда/в котором... - The simplest case is that in which...
    С другой стороны, в общем случае не всегда допустимо... - On the other hand, it is not in general permissible to...
    Ситуация становится проще в случае, когда... - The situation is slightly simpler in the case where...
    Следовательно в каждом отдельном из этих случаев необходимо... - In each of these cases, therefore, it is necessary to...
    Следующим простейшим случаем является тот, в котором... - The next simplest case is that in which...
    Случаем огромного практического интереса является тот, в котором/где/ когда... - A case of great practical interest is that in which...
    Случаи, имеющие практический интерес, приводятся ниже. - Cases of practical interest are given below.
    Случай (чего-л) требует специального рассмотрения. - The case of... requires special consideration.
    Случай этого сорта возникает, когда... - This kind of case arises when...
    Случай, вызывающий особый интерес, возникает, когда... - A case of special interest arises when...
    Сначала мы рассматриваем случай... - We first deal with the case of...
    Существенно более важным случаем является тот, когда... - By far the most important case is that in which...
    Существуют два случая, когда это должно быть принято во внимание. - There are two situations where this has to be taken into account:
    Такая связь является простейшей в случае... - This connection is simplest in the case of...
    Тем не менее, мы говорим в общем случае, что... - Nevertheless, we generally say that...
    Теорема 2 может быть расширена на случай параболического уравнения. - Theorem 2 can be extended to deal with parabolic equations.
    Теперь мы можем обобщить (это) на случай... - We can now generalize to the case of...
    Теперь мы обнаруживаем, что обязаны различать между двумя случаями. - We have now two cases to distinguish.
    То, что было сказано выше, применяется, в частности, к случаю... - What has been said above applies in particular to...
    Только что приведенный пример является специальным случаем... - The example just given is a special case of...
    Нам не представится случай использовать... - We shall not have occasion to use...
    Уже сформулированные правила молено распространить на случай... - The rules presented so far can be extended to...
    Частным случаем этой теоремы является... - A particular case of this theorem is that...
    Что важно в любом из случаев, это... - What is important in either case is that...
    Чтобы получить практический результат в подобных случаях, мы... - То obtain a practical result in such cases, we...
    Чтобы рассмотреть общий случай, давайте... - То deal with the general case, let...
    Чтобы рассмотреть этот случай, мы... - То cover this case, we...
    Эти результаты теперь могут быть специализированы для случая... - These results can now be specialized to the case of...
    Это может рассматриваться как специальный случай... - This may now be regarded as a special case of...
    Это обычный случай. - This is a common occurrence.
    Это очевидно для случая, когда/где... - This is obvious in the case of...
    Это практически важный случай, потому что... - This is an important case in practice because...
    Это просто частный случай (теоремы и т. п.)... - This is simply a particular case of...
    Это случай, наиболее часто встречающийся на практике. - This is the case that occurs most frequently in practice.
    Это существенно отличается от конечномерного случая, где... - This is in marked contrast to the finite dimensional case, where...
    Это удовлетворительно во многих случаях, однако... - This is satisfactory in many instances; however,...
    Это хорошо подтверждается в случае... - This is well confirmed in the case of...
    Этого, очевидно, достаточно, чтобы рассмотреть случай.,. - It is obviously enough to consider the case...
    Этот случай дает прекрасный пример (чего-л). - This case provides an excellent example of...
    Этот случай хорошо иллюстрируется (чем-л). - This case is neatly illustrated by...

    Русско-английский словарь научного общения > случай

  • 3 vielfach

    I Adj. multiple; die vielfache Menge many times the amount; auf vielfachen Wunsch by popular request
    II Adv. in many cases; (auch oft) frequently; ein vielfach ausgezeichneter Film etc. a film which (Am. a movie that) has frequently won awards etc.
    * * *
    multiplex; multiplicative; multiple
    * * *
    viel|fach ['fiːlfax]
    1. adj
    multiple attr, manifold

    ein víélfacher Millionär — a multimillionaire

    auf víélfache Weise — in many ways

    auf víélfachen Wunsch — at the request of many people

    2. adv
    many times; (= in vielen Fällen) in many cases; (= auf vielfache Weise) in many ways; (inf = häufig) frequently

    víélfach bewährt — tried and tested many times

    * * *
    (having, or affecting, many parts: She suffered multiple injuries when she fell out of the window.) multiple
    * * *
    viel·fach
    [ˈfi:lfax]
    I. adj
    die \vielfache Menge [von etw dat] many times that amount [of sth]
    der Jupiter hat einen \vielfachen Erdumfang the circumference of Jupiter is many times that of the Earth
    2. (mehrfach) multiple
    ein \vielfacher Millionär a multimillionaire
    die Regierung ist in \vielfacher Hinsicht schuld in many respects the government is at fault; s.a. Wunsch
    II. adv (häufig) frequently, in many cases
    seine Voraussagen treffen \vielfach ein his predictions frequently come true; (mehrfach) many times
    er zog einen \vielfach gefalteten Brief hervor he pulled out a letter that had been folded many times
    * * *
    1.
    2) (vielfältig) manifold; many kinds of
    2.
    adverbial many times
    * * *
    A. adj multiple;
    die vielfache Menge many times the amount;
    auf vielfachen Wunsch by popular request
    B. adv in many cases; (auch oft) frequently;
    ein vielfach ausgezeichneter Film etc a film which (US a movie that) has frequently won awards etc
    * * *
    1.
    2) (vielfältig) manifold; many kinds of
    2.
    adverbial many times
    * * *
    adj.
    multiple adj.
    multiplicative adj. adv.
    frequently adv.
    in many cases expr.

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > vielfach

  • 4 Á

    * * *
    a negative suffix to verbs, not;
    era útmakligt, at it is not unmeet that.
    * * *
    1.
    á, prep., often used elliptically, or even adverbially, [Goth. ana; Engl. on; Germ. an. In the Scandinavian idioms the liquid n is absorbed. In English the same has been supposed to happen in adverbial phrases, e. g. ‘along, away, abroad, afoot, again, agate, ahead, aloft, alone, askew, aside, astray, awry,’ etc. It is indeed true that the Ormulum in its northern dialect freq. uses o, even in common phrases, such as ‘o boke, o land, o life, o slæpe, o strande, o write, o naht, o loft,’ etc., v. the glossary; and we may compare on foot and afoot, on sleep (Engl. Vers. of Bible) and asleep; A. S. a-butan and on-butan (about); agen and ongean (again, against); on bæc, aback; on life, alive; on middan, amid. But it is more than likely that in the expressions quoted above, as well as in numberless others, as well in old as in modern English, the English a- as well as the o- of the Ormulum and the modern Scottish and north of England o- are in reality remains of this very á pronounced au or ow, which was brought by the Scandinavian settlers into the north of England. In the struggle for supremacy between the English dialects after the Conquest, the Scandinavian form á or a won the day in many cases to the exclusion of the Anglo-Saxon on. Some of these adverbs have representatives only in the Scandinavian tongues, not in Anglo-Saxon; see below, with dat. B. II, C. VII; with acc. C. I. and VI. The prep. á denotes the surface or outside; í and ór the inside; at, til, and frá, nearness measured to or from an object: á thus answers to the Gr. επί; the Lat. in includes á and i together.]
    With dat. and acc.: in the first case with the notion of remaining on a place, answering to Lat. in with abl.; in the last with the notion of motion to the place, = Lat. in with acc.
    WITH DAT.
    A. Loc.
    I. generally on, upon; á gólfi, on the floor, Nj. 2; á hendi, on the hand (of a ring), 48, 225; á palli, 50; á steini, 108; á vegg, 115; á sjá ok á landi, on sea and land. In some instances the distinction between d and i is loose and wavering, but in most cases common sense and usage decide; thus ‘á bók’ merely denotes the letters, the penmanship, ‘í’ the contents of a book; mod. usage, however, prefers ‘í,’ lesa í bók, but stafr á bók. Old writers on the other hand; á bókum Enskum, in English books, Landn. 24, but í Aldafars bók, 23 (in the book De Mensurâ Temporum, by Bede), cp. Grág. i. 76, where á is a false reading instead of at; á bréfi, the contents of a letter: of clothing or arms, mítr á höfði, sverð á hlið, mitre on head, sword on side, Fms. i. 266, viii. 404; hafa lykil á sér, on one’s person, 655 xxvii. 22; möttull á tyglum, a mantle hanging on (i. e. fastened by) laces, Fms. vii. 201: á þingi means to be present at a meeting; í þingi, to abide within a jurisdiction; á himni, á jörðu, on (Engl. in) heaven and earth, e. g. in the Lord’s Prayer, but í helviti, in hell; á Gimli, Edda (of a heavenly abode); á báti, á skipi denote crew and cargo, ‘í’ the timber or materials of which a ship is built, Eg. 385; vera í stafni á skipi, 177: á skógi, to be abroad in a wood (of a hunter, robber, deer); but to be situated (a house), at work (to fell timber), í skógi, 573, Fs. 5, Fms. iii. 122, viii. 31, xi. 1, Glúm. 330, Landn. 173; á mörkinni, Fms. i. 8, but í mörk, of a farm; á firðinum means lying in a firth, of ships or islands (on the surface of the water), þær eyjar liggja á Breiðafirði, Ld. 36; but í firði, living in a district named Firth; á landi, Nj. 98, Fms. xi. 386.
    II. á is commonly used in connection with the pr. names or countries terminating in ‘land,’ Engl. in, á Englandi, Írlandi, Skotlandi, Bretlandi, Saxlandi, Vindlandi, Vínlandi, Grænalandi, Íslandi, Hálogalandi, Rogalandi, Jótlandi, Frakklandi, Hjaltlandi, Jamtalandi, Hvítramannalandi, Norðrlöndum, etc., vide Landn. and the index to Fms. xii. In old writers í is here very rare, in modern authors more frequent; taste and the context in many instances decide. An Icelander would now say, speaking of the queen or king, ‘á Englandi,’ ruling over, but to live ‘í Englandi,’ or ‘á Englandi;’ the rule in the last case not being quite fixed.
    2. in connection with other names of countries: á Mæri, Vörs, Ögðum, Fjölum, all districts of Norway, v. Landn.; á Mýrum (in Icel.), á Finnmörk, Landn., á Fjóni (a Danish island); but í Danmörk, Svíþjóð (á Svíþjóðu is poët., Gs. 13).
    3. before Icel. farms denoting open and elevated slopes and spaces (not too high, because then ‘at’ must be used), such as ‘staðr, völlr, ból, hjalli, bakki, heimr, eyri,’ etc.; á Veggjum, Landn. 69; á Hólmlátri, id.: those ending in ‘-staðr,’ á Geirmundarstöðum, Þórisstöðum, Jarðlangsstöðum…, Landn.: ‘-völlr,’ á Möðruvöllum: á Fitjum (the farm) í Storð (the island), í Fenhring (the island) á Aski (the farm), Landn., Eg.: ‘-nes’ sometimes takes á, sometimes í (in mod. usage always ‘í’), á Nesi, Eb. 14, or í Krossnesi, 30; in the last case the notion of island, νησος, prevails: so also, ‘fjörðr,’ as, þeir börðust á Vigrafirði (of a fight o n the ice), Landn. 101, but orusta í Hafrsfirði, 122: with ‘-bær,’ á is used in the sense of a farm or estate, hón sa á e-m bæ mikit hús ok fagrt, Edda 22; ‘í bæ’ means within doors, of the buildings: with ‘Bær’ as pr. name Landn. uses ‘í,’ 71, 160, 257, 309, 332.
    4. denoting on or just above; of the sun, when the time is fixed by regarding the sun in connection with points in the horizon, a standing phrase in Icel.; sól á gjáhamri, when the sun is on the crag of the Rift, Grág. i. 26, cp. Glúm. 387; so, brú á á, a bridge on a river, Fms. viii. 179, Hrafn. 20; taka hús á e-m, to surprise one, to take the house over his head, Fms. i. 11.
    III. á is sometimes used in old writers where we should now expect an acc., esp. in the phrase, leggja sverði (or the like) á e-m, or á e-m miðjum, to stab, Eg. 216, Gísl. 106, Band. 14; þá stakk Starkaðr sprotanum á konungi, then Starkad stabbed the king with the wand, Fas. iii. 34; bíta á kampi (vör), to bite the lips, as a token of pain or emotion, Nj. 209, 68; taka á e-u, to touch a thing, lay hold of it, v. taka; fá á e-u, id. (poët.); leggja hendr á (better at) síðum, in wrestling, Fms. x. 331; koma á úvart á e-m, to come on one unawares, ix. 407 (rare).
    B. TEMP. of a particular point or period of time, at, on, in:
    I. gener. denoting during, in the course of; á nótt, degi, nætrþeli …, Bs. i. 139; or spec. adding a pron. or an adject., á næsta sumri, the next summer; á því ári, þingi, misseri, hausti, vári, sumri …, during, in that year …, Bs. i. 679, etc.; á þrem sumrum, in the course of three summers, Grág. i. 218; á þrem várum, Fms. ii. 114; á hálfs mánaðar fresti, within half a month’s delay, Nj. 99; á tvítugs, sextugs … aldri, á barns, gamals aldri, etc., at the age of …, v. aldr: á dögum e-s, in the days of, in his reign or time, Landn. 24, Hrafn. 3, Fms. ix. 229.
    II. used of a fixed recurrent period or season; á várum, sumrum, haustum, vetrum, á kveldum, every spring, summer …, in the evenings, Eg. 711, Fms. i. 23, 25, vi. 394, Landn. 292: with the numeral adverbs, cp. Lat. ter in anno, um sinn á mánuði, ári, once a month, once a year, where the Engl. a is not the article but the preposition, Grág. i. 89.
    III. of duration; á degi, during a whole day, Fms. v. 48; á sjau nóttum, Bárð. 166; á því meli, during that time, in the meantime, Grág. i. 259.
    IV. connected with the seasons (á vetri, sumri, vári, hausti), ‘á’ denotes the next preceding season, the last winter, summer, autumn, Eb. 40, 238, Ld. 206: in such instances ‘á’ denotes the past, ‘at’ the future, ‘í’ the present; thus í vetri in old writers means this winter; á vetri, last winter; at vetri, next winter, Eb. 68 (in a verse), etc.
    C. In various other relations, more or less metaphorically, on, upon, in, to, with, towards, against:
    I. denoting object, in respect of, against, almost periphrastically; dvelja á náðum e-s, under one’s protection, Fms. i. 74; hafa metnað á e-u, to be proud of, to take pride in a thing, 127.
    2. denoting a personal relation, in; bæta e-t á e-m, to make amends, i. e. to one personally; misgöra e-t á e-m, to inflict wrong on one; hafa elsku (hatr) á e-m, to bear love ( hatred) to one, Fms. ix. 242; hefna sín á e-m, to take revenge on one’s person, on anyone; rjúfa sætt á e-m, to break truce on the person of any one, to offend against his person, Nj. 103; hafa sár á sér, 101; sjá á e-m, to read on or in one’s face; sér hann á hverjum manni hvárt til þín er vel eðr illa, 106; var þat brátt auðséð á hennar högum, at …, it could soon be seen in all her doings, that …, Ld. 22.
    3. also generally to shew signs of a thing; sýna fáleika á sér, to shew marks of displeasure, Nj. 14, Fs. 14; taka vel, illa, lítt, á e-u, to take a thing well, ill, or indifferently, id.; finna á sér, to feel in oneself; fann lítt á honum, hvárt …, it could hardly be seen in his face, whether …, Eb. 42; líkindi eru á, it is likely, Ld. 172; göra kost á e-u, to give a choice, chance of it, 178; eiga vald á e-u, to have power over …, Nj. 10.
    II. denoting encumbrance, duty, liability; er fimtardómsmál á þeim, to be subject to …, Nj. 231; the phrase, hafa e-t á hendi, or vera á hendi e-m, on one’s hands, of work or duty to be done; eindagi á fé, term, pay day, Grág. i. 140; ómagi (skylda, afvinna) á fé, of a burden or encumbrance, D. I. and Grág. in several passages.
    III. with a personal pronoun, sér, mér, honum …, denoting personal appearance, temper, character, look, or the like; vera þungr, léttr … á sér, to be heavy or light, either bodily or mentally; þungr á sér, corpulent, Sturl. i. 112; kátr ok léttr á sér, of a gay and light temper, Fms. x. 152; þat bragð hafði hann á sér, he looked as if, … the expression of his face was as though …, Ld., cp. the mod. phrase, hafa á sér svip, bragð, æði, sið, of one’s manner or personal appearance, to bear oneself as, or the like; skjótr (seinn) á fæti, speedy ( slow) of foot, Nj. 258.
    IV. as a periphrasis of the possessive pronoun connected with the limbs or parts of the body. In common Icel. such phrases as my hands, eyes, head … are hardly ever used, but höfuð, eyru, hár, nef, munnr, hendr, fætr … á mér; so ‘í’ is used of the internal parts, e. g. hjarta, bein … í mér; the eyes are regarded as inside the body, augun í honum: also without the possessive pronoun, or as a periphrasis for a genitive, brjóstið á e-m, one’s breast, Nj. 95, Edda 15; súrnar í augum, it smarts in my eyes, my eyes smart, Nj. 202; kviðinn á sér, its belly, 655 xxx. 5, Fms. vi. 350; hendr á henni, her hands, Gísl. (in a verse); í vörunum á honum, on his lips, Band. 14; ristin á honum, his step, Fms. viii. 141; harðr í tungu, sharp of tongue, Hallfred (Fs. 114); kalt (heitt) á fingrum, höndum, fótum …, cold ( warm) in the fingers, hands, feet …, i. e. with cold fingers, etc.; cp. also the phrase, verða vísa (orð) á munni, of extemporising verses or speeches, freq. in the Sagas; fastr á fótum, fast by the leg, of a bondsman, Nj. 27: of the whole body, díla fundu þeir á honum, 209. The pers. pron. is used only in solemn style (poetry, hymns, the Bible), and perhaps only when influenced by foreign languages, e. g. mitt hjarta hví svo hryggist þú, as a translation of ‘warumb betrübst du dich mein Herz?’ the famous hymn by Hans Sachs; instead of the popular hjartað í mér, Sl. 43, 44: hjartað mitt is only used as a term of endearment, as by a husband to his wife, parents to their child, or the like, in a metaphorical sense; the heart proper is ‘í mér,’ not ‘mitt.’
    2. of other things, and as a periphrasis of a genitive, of a part belonging to the whole, e. g. dyrr á husi = húsdyrr, at the house-doors; turn á kirkju = kirkju turn; stafn, skutr, segl, árar … á skipi, the stem, stern, sail … of a ship, Fms. ix. 135; blöð á lauk, á tré …, leaves of a leek, of a tree …, Fas. i. 469; egg á sverði = sverðs egg; stafr á bók; kjölr á bók, and in endless other instances.
    V. denoting instrumentality, by, on, or a-, by means of; afla fjár á hólmgöngum, to make money a-duelling, by means of duels, Eg. 498; á verkum sínum, to subsist on one’s own work, Njarð. 366: as a law term, sekjast á e-ju, to be convicted upon …, Grág. i. 123; sekst maðr þar á sínu eigini ( a man is guilty in re sua), ef hann tekr af þeim manni er heimild ( possessio) hefir til, ii. 191; falla á verkum sínum, to be killed flagranti delicto, v. above; fella e-n á bragði, by a sleight in wrestling; komast undan á flótta, to escape by flight, Eg. 11; á hlaupi, by one’s feet, by speed, Hkr. ii. 168; lifa á e-u, to feed on; bergja á e-u, to taste of a thing; svala sér á e-u, to quench the thirst on.
    VI. with subst. numerals; á þriðja tigi manna, up to thirty, i. e. from about twenty to thirty, Ld. 194; á öðru hundraði skipa, from one to two hundred sail strong, Fms. x. 126; á níunda tigi, between eighty and ninety years of age, Eg. 764, v. above: used as prep., á hendi, on one’s hand, i. e. bound to do it, v. hönd.
    VII. in more or less adverbial phrases it may often be translated in Engl. by a participle and a- prefixed; á lopti, aloft; á floti, afloat; á lífi, alive; á verðgangi, a-begging; á brautu, away; á baki, a-back, behind, past; á milli, a-tween; á laun, alone, secretly; á launungu, id.; á móti, against; á enda, at an end, gone; á huldu, hidden; fara á hæli, to go a-heel, i. e. backwards, Fms. vii. 70;—but in many cases these phrases are transl. by the Engl. partic. with a, which is then perh. a mere prefix, not a prep., á flugi, a-flying in the air, Nj. 79; vera á gangi, a-going; á ferli, to be about; á leiki, a-playing, Fms. i. 78; á sundi, a-swimming, ii. 27; á verði, a-watching, x. 201; á hrakningi, a-wandering; á reiki, a-wavering; á skjálfi, a-shivering; á-hleri, a-listening; á tali, a-talking, Ísl. ii. 200; á hlaupi, a-running, Hkr. ii. 268; á verki, a-working; á veiðum, a-hunting; á fiski, a-fishing; á beit, grazing: and as a law term it even means in flagranti, N. G. L. i. 348.
    VIII. used absolutely without a case in reference to the air or the weather, where ‘á’ is almost redundant; þoka var á mikil, a thick fog came on, Nj. 267; niðamyrkr var á, pitch darkness came on, Eg. 210; allhvast á norðan, a very strong breeze from the north, Fms. ix. 20; þá var á norðrænt, a north wind came on, 42, Ld. 56; hvaðan sem á er, from whatever point the wind is; var á hríð veðrs, a snow storm came on, Nj. 282; görði á regn, rain came on, Fms. vi. 394, xi. 35, Ld. 156.
    WITH ACC.
    A. Loc.
    I. denoting simple direction towards, esp. connected with verbs of motion, going, or the like; hann gékk á bergsnös, Eg. 389; á hamar, Fas. ii. 517.
    2. in phrases denoting direction; liggja á útborða, lying on the outside of the ship, Eg. 354; á annat borð skipinu, Fms. vii. 260; á bæði borð, on both sides of the ship, Nj. 124, Ld. 56; á tvær hliðar, on both sides, Fms. v. 73. Ísl. ii. 159; á hlið, sidewards; út á hlið, Nj. 262, Edda 44; á aðra hönd henni, Nj. 50, Ld. 46; höggva á tvær hendr, to hew or strike right and left, Ísl. ii. 368, Fas. i. 384, Fms. viii. 363, x. 383.
    3. upp á, upon; hann tók augu Þjaza ok kastaði upp á himin, Edda 47: with verbs denoting to look, see, horfa, sjá, líta, etc.; hann rak skygnur á land, he cast glances towards the land, Ld. 154.
    II. denoting direction with or without the idea of arriving:
    1. with verbs denoting to aim at; of a blow or thrust, stefna á fótinn, Nj. 84; spjótið stefnir á hann miðjan, 205: of the wind, gékk veðrit á vestr, the wind veered to west, Fms. ix. 28; sigla á haf, to stand out to sea, Hkr. i. 146, Fms. i. 39: with ‘út’ added, Eg. 390, Fms. x. 349.
    2. conveying the notion of arriving, or the intervening space being traversed; spjótið kom á miðjan skjöldinn, Eg. 379, Nj. 96, 97; langt upp á land, far up inland, Hkr. i. 146: to reach, taka ofan á belti, of the long locks of a woman, to reach down to the belt, Nj. 2; ofan á bringu, 48; á þa ofan, 91.
    III. without reference to the space traversed, connected with verbs denoting to go, turn, come, ride, sail, throw, or the like, motion of every kind; hann kastar honum á völlinn, he flings him down, Nj. 91; hlaupa á skip sitt, to leap on board his ship, 43; á hest, to mount quickly, Edda 75; á lend hestinum, Nj. 91; hann gengr á sáðland sitt, he walks on to his fields, 82: on, upon, komast á fætr, to get upon one’s legs, 92; ganga á land, to go a-shore, Fms. i. 40; ganga á þing, vii. 242, Grág. (often); á skóg, á merkr ok skóga, into a wood, Fb. i. 134, 257, Fms. xi. 118, Eg. 577, Nj. 130; fara á Finnmörk, to go travelling in Finmark, Fms. i. 8; koma, fara á bæ, to arrive at the farm-house; koma á veginn, Eg. 578; stíga á bát, skip, to go on board, 158; hann gékk upp á borg, he went up to the burg (castle), 717; en er þeir komu á loptriðið, 236; hrinda skipum á vatn, to float the ships down into the water, Fms. i. 58; reka austr á haf, to drift eastwards on the sea, x. 145; ríða ofan á, to ride down or over, Nj. 82.
    IV. in some cases the acc. is used where the dat. would be used, esp. with verbs denoting to see or hear, in such phrases as, þeir sá boða mikinn inn á fjörðinn, they saw great breakers away up in the bight of the firth, the acc. being due perhaps to a motion or direction of the eye or ear towards the object, Nj. 124; sá þeir fólkit á land, they saw the people in the direction of land, Fas. ii. 517: in phrases denoting to be placed, to sit, to be seated, the seat or bench is freq. in the acc. where the dat. would now be used; konungr var þar á land upp, the king was then up the country, the spectator or narrator is conceived as looking from the shore or sea-side, Nj. 46; sitja á miðjan bekk, to be seated on the middle bench, 50; skyldi konungs sæti vera á þann bekk … annat öndvegi var á hinn úæðra pall; hann setti konungs hásæti á miðjan þverpall, Fms. vi. 439, 440, cp. Fagrsk. l. c., Sturl. iii. 182; eru víða fjallbygðir upp á mörkina, in the mark or forest, Eg. 58; var þar mörk mikil á land upp, 229; mannsafnaðr er á land upp (viewed from the sea), Ld. 76; stóll var settr á mótið, Fas. i. 58; beiða fars á skip, to beg a passage, Grág. i. 90.
    V. denoting parts of the body; bíta e-n á barka, to bite one in the throat, Ísl. ii. 447; skera á háls, to cut the throat of any one, Nj. 156; brjóta e-n á háls, to break any one’s neck; brjóta e-n á bak, to break any one’s back, Fms. vii. 119; kalinn á kné, frozen to the knees with cold, Hm. 3.
    VI. denoting round; láta reipi á háls hesti, round his horse’s neck, 623. 33; leggja söðul á hest, Nj. 83; and ellipt., leggja á, to saddle; breiða feld á hofuð sér, to wrap a cloak over his head, 164; reyta á sik mosa, to gather moss to cover oneself with, 267; spenna hring á hönd, á fingr, Eg. 300.
    VII. denoting a burden; stela mat á tvá hesta, hey á fimtán hesta, i. e. a two, a fifteen horse load, Nj. 74: metaph., kjósa feigð á menn, to choose death upon them, i. e. doom them to death, Edda 22.
    B. TEMP.
    I. of a period of time, at, to; á morgun, to-morrow (í morgun now means the past morning, the morning of to-day), Ísl. ii. 333.
    II. if connected with the word day, ‘á’ is now used before a fixed or marked day, a day of the week, a feast day, or the like; á Laugardag, á Sunnudag …, on Saturday, Sunday, the Old Engl. a-Sunday, a-Monday, etc.; á Jóladaginn, Páskadaginn, on Yule and Easter-day; but in old writers more often used ellipt. Sunnudaginn, Jóladaginn …, by dropping the prep. ‘á,’ Fms. viii. 397, Grág. i. 18.
    III. connected with ‘dagr’ with the definite article suffixed, ‘á’ denotes a fixed, recurring period or season, in; á daginn, during the day-time, every day in turn, Grett. 91 A.
    IV. connected with ‘evening, morning, the seasons,’ with the article; á kveldit, every evening, Ld. 14; á sumarit, every summer, Vd. 128, where the new Ed. Fs. 51 reads sumrum; á haust, every autumn, Eg. 741 (perh. a misprint instead of á haustin or á haustum); á vetrinn, in the winter time, 710; á várit, every spring, Gþl. 347; the sing., however, is very rare in such cases, the old as well as mod. usage prefers the plur.; á nætrnar, by night, Nj. 210; á várin, Eg. 710; á sumrin, haustin, á morgnana, in the morning (á morgin, sing., means to-morrow); á kveldin, in the evening, only ‘dagr’ is used in sing., v. above (á daginn, not á dagana); but elliptically and by dropping the article, Icelanders say, kveld og morgna, nótt og dag, vetr sumar vor og haust, in the same sense as those above mentioned.
    V. denoting duration, the article is dropped in the negative phrase, aldri á sinn dag, never during one’s life; aldri á mína daga, never in my life, Bjarn. 8, where a possess. pron. is put between noun and prep., but this phrase is very rare. Such phrases as, á þann dag, that day, and á þenna dag, Stj. 12, 655 xxx. 2. 20, are unclassical.
    VI. á dag without article can only be used in a distributive sense, e. g. tvisvar á dag, twice a-day; this use is at present freq. in Icel., yet instances from old writers are not on record.
    VII. denoting a movement onward in time, such as, liðið á nótt, dag, kveld, morgun, sumar, vetr, vár, haust (or nóttina, daginn …), jól, páska, föstu, or the like, far on in the night, day …, Edda 33; er á leið vetrinn, when the winter was well on, as the winter wore on, Nj. 126; cp. áliðinn: also in the phrase, hniginn á inn efra aldr, well stricken in years, Ld. 68.
    C. Metaph. and in various relations:
    I. somewhat metaphorically, denoting an act only (not the place); fara á fund, á vit e-s, to call for one, Eg. 140; koma á ræðu við e-n, to come to a parley with, to speak, 173; ganga á tal, Nj. 103; skora á hólm, to challenge to a duel on an island; koma á grið, to enter into a service, to be domiciled, Grág. i. 151; fara á veiðar, to go a-hunting, Fms. i. 8.
    β. generally denoting on, upon, in, to; bjóða vöxtu á féit, to offer interest on the money, Grág. i. 198; ganga á berhögg, to come to blows, v. berhögg; fá á e-n, to make an impression upon one, Nj. 79; ganga á vápn e-s, to throw oneself on an enemy’s weapon, meet him face to face, Rd. 310; ganga á lagið, to press on up the spear-shaft after it has passed through one so as to get near one’s foe, i. e. to avail oneself of the last chance; bera fé á e-n, to bribe, Nj. 62; bera öl á e-n, to make drunk, Fas. i. 13; snúinn á e-t, inclined to, Fms. x. 142; sammælast á e-t, to agree upon, Nj. 86; sættast, verða sáttr á e-t, in the same sense, to come to an agreement, settlement, or atonement, 78, Edda 15, Eb. 288, Ld. 50, Fms. i. 279; ganga á mála, to serve for pay as a soldier, Nj. 121; ganga á vald e-s, to put oneself in his power, 267; ganga á sætt, to break an agreement; vega á veittar trygðir, to break truce, Grág. ii. 169.
    II. denoting in regard to, in respect to:
    1. of colour, complexion, the hue of the hair, or the like; hvítr, jarpr, dökkr … á hár, having white, brown, or dark … hair, Ísl. ii. 190, Nj. 39; svartr á brún ok brá, dark of brow and eyebrow; dökkr á hörund, id., etc.
    2. denoting skill, dexterity; hagr á tré, a good carpenter; hagr á járn, málm, smíðar …, an expert worker in iron, metals …, Eg. 4; fimr á boga, good at the bow: also used of mastership in science or arts, meistari á hörpuslátt, a master in striking the harp, Fas. iii. 220; fræðimaðr á kvæði, knowing many poems by heart, Fms. vi. 391; fræðimaðr á landnámssögur ok forna fræði, a learned scholar in histories and antiquities (of Are Frode), Ísl. ii. 189; mikill á íþrótt, skilful in an art, Edda (pref.) 148; but dat. in the phrase, kunna (vel) á skíðum, to be a cunning skater, Fms. i. 9, vii. 120.
    3. denoting dimensions; á hæð, lengd, breidd, dýpt …, in the heighth, length, breadth, depth …, Eg. 277; á hvern veg, on each side, Edda 41 (square miles); á annan veg, on the one side, Grág. i. 89.
    β. the phrase, á sik, in regard to oneself, vel (illa) á sik kominn, of a fine ( ugly) appearance, Ld. 100, Fas. iii. 74.
    III. denoting instrumentality; bjargast á sínar hendr, to live on the work of one’s own hands, (á sínar spýtur is a mod. phrase in the same sense); (vega) á skálir, pundara, to weigh in scales, Grág. ii. 370; at hann hefði tvá pundara, ok hefði á hinn meira keypt en á hinn minna selt, of a man using two scales, a big one for buying and a little one for selling, Sturl. i. 91; á sinn kostnað, at one’s own expense; nefna e-n á nafn, by name, Grág. i. 17, etc. The Icel. also say, spinna á rokk, snældu, to spin on or with a rock or distaff; mala á kvern, to grind in a ‘querne,’ where Edda 73 uses dat.; esp. of musical instruments, syngja, leika á hljóðfæri, hörpu, gígju …; in the old usage, leika hörpu …, Stj. 458.
    IV. denoting the manner or way of doing:
    1. á þessa lund, in this wise, Grág. ii. 22; á marga vega, á alla, ymsa vega, in many, all, respects, Fms. i. 114; á sitt hóf, in its turn, respectively, Ld. 136, where the context shews that the expression answers to the Lat. mutatis mutandis; á Þýðersku, after German fashion, Sks. 288.
    2. esp. of language; mæla, rita á e-a tungu, to speak, write in a tongue; á Írsku, in Irish, Ld. 76; Norrænu, in Norse, Eb. 330, Vm. 35; a Danska tungu, in Danish, i. e. Scandinavian, Norse, or Icelandic, Grág. i. 18; á Vára tungu, i. e. in Icelandic, 181; rita á Norræna tungu, to write in Norse, Hkr. (pref.), Bs. i. 59:—at present, dat. is sometimes used.
    3. in some phrases the acc. is used instead of the dat.; hann sýndi á sik mikit gaman, Fms. x. 329; hann lét ekki á sik finna, he shewed no sign of motion, Nj. 111; skaltú önga fáleika á þik gera (Cod. Kalf.), 14.
    V. used in a distributive sense; skal mörk kaupa gæzlu á kú, eðr oxa fim vetra gamlan, a mark for every cow, Grág. i. 147; alin á hvert hross, 442; á mann, per man (now freq.): cp. also á dag above, lit. B.
    VI. connected with nouns,
    1. prepositional; á hendr (with dat.), against; á hæla, at heel, close behind; á bak, at back, i. e. past, after; á vit (with gen.), towards.
    2. adverbially; á braut, away, abroad; á víxl, in turns; á mis, amiss; á víð ok dreif, a-wide and a-drift, i. e. dispersedly.
    3. used almost redundantly before the following prep.; á eptir, after, behind; á undan, in front of; á meðal, á milli, among; á mót, against; á við, about, alike; á frá (cp. Swed. ifrån), from (rare); á fyrir = fyrir, Haustl. 1; á hjá, beside (rare); á fram, a-head, forwards; á samt, together; ávalt = of allt, always: following a prep., upp á, upon; niðr á, down upon; ofan á, eptir á, post eventum, (temp.) á eptir is loc., id., etc.
    VII. connected with many transitive verbs, answering to the Lat. ad- or in-, in composition, in many cases periphrastically for an objective case. The prep. generally follows after the verb, instead of being prefixed to it as in Lat., and answers to the Engl. on, to; heita kalla, hrópa á, to call on; heyra, hlusta, hlyða á, to hearken to, listen to; hyggja, hugsa á, to think on; minna á, to remind; sjá, líta, horfa, stara, mæna, glápa, koma auga … á, to look on; girnast á, to wish for; trúa á, to believe on; skora á, to call on any one to come out, challenge; kæra á, to accuse; heilsa á, to greet; herja, ganga, ríða, hlaupa, ráða … á, to fall on, attack, cp. ágangr, áreið, áhlaup; ljúga á, to tell lies of, to slander; telja á, to carp at; ausa, tala, hella, kasta, verpa … á, to pour, throw on; ríða, bera, dreifa á, to sprinkle on; vanta, skorta á, to fall short of; ala á, to plead, beg; leggja á, to throw a spell on, lay a saddle on; hætta á, to venture on; gizka á, to guess at; kveða á, to fix on, etc.: in a reciprocal sense, haldast á, of mutual strife; sendast á, to exchange presents; skrifast á, to correspond (mod.); kallast á, to shout mutually; standast á, to coincide, so as to be just opposite one another, etc.
    2.
    f. [Lat. aqua; Goth. ahva; Hel. aha; A. S. eâ; O. H. G. aha, owa; cp. Germ. ach and aue; Fr. eau, eaux; Engl. Ax-, Ex-, etc., in names of places; Swed.-Dan. å; the Scandinavians absorb the hu, so that only a single vowel or diphthong remains of the whole word]:—a river. The old form in nom. dat. acc. sing. is , v. the introduction to A, page 1, Bs. i. 333 sq., where ́n, ́ (acc.), and ́na; so also Greg. 677; the old fragm. of Grág. ii. 222, 223, new Ed. In the Kb. of the Edda the old form occurs twice, viz. page 75, ́na (acc.), (but two lines below, ána), í ́nni (dat.) The old form also repeatedly occurs in the Kb. and Sb. of the Grág., e. g. ii. 266, 267: gen. sing. ár; nom. pl. ár, gen. á contracted, dat. ám, obsolete form ́m; Edda 43, Eg. 80, 99, 133, 185: proverbs, at ósi skal á stemma, answering to the Lat. principiis obsta, Edda 60; hér kemr á til sæfar, here the river runs into the sea, metaph. = this is the very end, seems to have been a favourite ending of old poems; it is recorded in the Húsdrápa and the Norðsetadrápa, v. Edda 96, Skálda 198; cp. the common saying, oil vötn renna til sævar, ‘all waters run into the sea.’ Rivers with glacier water are in Icel. called Hvítá, White river, or Jökulsá: Hitá, Hot river, from a hot spring, opp. to Kaldá, v. Landn.: others take a name from the fish in them, as Laxá, Lax or Salmon river (freq.); Örriða á, etc.: a tributary river is þverá, etc.: ár in the Njála often means the great rivers Ölfusá and Þjórsá in the south of Iceland. Áin helga, a river in Sweden, Hkr. ii: á is also suffixed to the names of foreign rivers, Tempsá = Thames; Dóná, Danube (Germ. Don-au), (mod.), etc. Vide Edda (Gl.) 116, 117, containing the names of over a hundred North-English and Scottish rivers.
    COMPDS: áráll, árbakki, árbrot, ardjúp, árfarvegr, árfors, árgljúfr, árhlutr, ármegin, árminni, ármót, áróss, árreki, árstraumr, árströnd, árvað, árvegr, árvöxtr.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > Á

  • 5 defender

    v.
    1 to defend.
    defender los intereses de alguien to defend somebody's interests
    defendió su teoría con sólidos argumentos he supported his theory with sound arguments
    Elsa defiende su posición Elsa defends her position.
    Elsa defiende los derechos humanos Elsa defends human rights.
    2 to protect (proteger) (del frío, calor).
    * * *
    Conjugation model [ ENTENDER], like link=entender entender
    1 (gen) to defend (contra/de, against)
    2 (mantener una opinión, afirmación) to defend, uphold; (respaldar a alguien) to stand up for, support
    3 (proteger) to protect (contra/de, against/from)
    4 DERECHO (algo) to argue, plead; (a alguien) to defend
    1 (espabilarse) to manage, get by, get along
    ¿qué tal se defiende en inglés? how does she get by in English?, what's her English like?
    \
    defender una causa DERECHO to argue a case
    * * *
    verb
    * * *
    1.
    VT (Mil) [+ país, territorio, intereses] to defend; [+ causa, ideas] to defend, champion; (Jur) to defend

    el Real Madrid defiende el título de campeón — Real Madrid are defending the championship title, Real Madrid are the defending champions

    defiendo la tesis doctoral el mes que vieneI'm having a viva on o (EEUU) I'm defending my doctoral thesis next month

    2.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    a) ( proteger) <guarnición/nación> to defend, protect; < persona> to defend

    siempre defiende a su hermanahe always defends o stands up for his sister

    defender a alguien de algo/alguien — to defend somebody against something/somebody

    b) < intereses> to protect, defend; <derechos/título> to defend
    c) (Der) to defend
    d) <idea/teoría/opinión> to defend, uphold; <causa/ideal> to champion, defend

    defender la tesis — ≈to defend one's dissertation ( in US), ≈to have a viva on one's thesis ( in UK)

    2.
    defenderse v pron
    a) (refl) ( contra una agresión) to defend o protect oneself; (Der) to defend oneself

    defenderse de algo/alguien — to defend oneself against something/somebody

    b) (fam) ( arreglárselas) to get by (colloq)
    * * *
    = advocate, argue, argue + in favour of, be + Posesivo + contention, contend, defend, espouse, maintain, make + apology, make + a case for, plead for, put + the case for, uphold, crusade for, preach, preach, champion, speak up for, speak up for, articulate + the case for, present + case for, mount + defence, strike + a blow for, raise + the flag of, come down in + favour of, stick up for, stand by, rally (a)round, rally behind, stand for.
    Ex. In order to understand the citation order that PRECIS indexing advocates it is necessary to examine the function of the operators more closely.
    Ex. Cutter argued that when it could be established that the second term was definitely more significant then inversion of headings was acceptable.
    Ex. Despite the present financial straits of developing countries, she argues in favour of long-term plan for the acquisition of relevant rare book material.
    Ex. It is our contention that an understanding of such basic principles is fundamental to an appreciation of the many and varied contexts that the individual is likely to encounter.
    Ex. The author contends that it is possible to view the search conducted with the aid of a series of menus as having strong similarities with the search through the hierarchy of a enumerative classification scheme.
    Ex. A respondent is a candidate for a degree who, in an academic disputation, defends or opposes a thesis proposed by the praeses (q.v.); also called the defendant.
    Ex. Most respondents espoused the latter view as an appropriate response to IT developments to date.
    Ex. They maintain, in an article written for Library Resources and Technical Services (LRTS) 'that automated cataloging systems have addressed only half of the problems of maintaining a library catalog'.
    Ex. My perspective, for which I make no apology, is that of someone who works daily with the nitty-gritty of cataloging, as many of you do.
    Ex. This point-by-point evaluation makes a fairly convincing case for the public access online catalogue.
    Ex. I would plead for more standardization, not less, because I think whatever we do is going to be imperfect.
    Ex. A more moderate approach is found in the writings of Olding, who puts the case for multiple entry very concisely in a short pamphlet.
    Ex. It's about time that we go back to these principles and make sure that the quality of cataloging is upheld.
    Ex. There are also dedicated individuals within government who have found a niche from which to crusade for school libraries.
    Ex. A major failing of the information industry is that its members tend to preach to one another whereas what they should be doing is talking to everyone else outside the information industry.
    Ex. A major failing of the information industry is that its members tend to preach to one another whereas what they should be doing is talking to everyone else outside the information industry.
    Ex. In particular he championed free photoduplication of library materials as a natural extension of library services to patrons at a distance.
    Ex. Many people voiced fears that volunteers would be used to take over paid jobs from the workforce, but others spoke up for volunteers saying that in many cases they had created extra jobs for the permanent staff.
    Ex. Many people voiced fears that volunteers would be used to take over paid jobs from the workforce, but others spoke up for volunteers saying that in many cases they had created extra jobs for the permanent staff.
    Ex. Moreover, in addition to quantitative measures, qualitative indicators of benefits should be considered so as to present a complete picture when articulating the case for a library's total positive impact.
    Ex. An MP, a barrister, and a financial consultant present the case for charging Value Added Tax (VAT) on books.
    Ex. The author mounts a spirited defence of the National Library of Australia future collecting priorities.
    Ex. In an effort to save US culture, strike a blow for reading, and correct well intentioned but misguided notions about the Internet making libraries obsolete, offers ten reasons why the Internet is no substitute for a library..
    Ex. The Augustinian order kept his theological tradition, and raised the flag of the Augustinian thought before and after the German reformer.
    Ex. The author comes down in favour of adding notes to cataloguing records on the grounds that the educational purpose that they are intended to serve is clear.
    Ex. He states that he has always admired Woody Allen, explaining that when he first saw his films he was happy to see that someone was sticking up for the little guy.
    Ex. It's hard to believe she stands by a man who gets his kicks out of beating her black and blue everynight.
    Ex. I recalled how bereft we felt when we lost our son and how friends and neighbours rallied round and offered a shoulder to cry on.
    Ex. The second group, who rallied behind McCarthy, was composed of students and intellectuals who were vociferous against the war.
    Ex. I will stand for your rights as my forefathers did before me!.
    ----
    * defender a = put + a word in for.
    * defender a Alguien = stand up for.
    * defender Algo = argue + Posesivo + corner.
    * defender el fuerte = hold + the fortress.
    * defender el honor de Uno = defend + Posesivo + honour.
    * defender enérgicamente = be vociferous about/in.
    * defender la causa de = further + the cause of.
    * defender la necesidad = articulate + the need.
    * defender la necesidad de = support + the case for.
    * defender lo indenfensible = defend + the indefensible.
    * defender los derechos de Uno = stand up for + Posesivo + rights.
    * defender los intereses = defend + interests, lobby for + interests.
    * defender los intereses de = go to + bat for, bat for.
    * defender los principios de Uno = stand up for + Posesivo + principles.
    * defender + Posesivo + argumento = support + Posesivo + case, buttress + Posesivo + case.
    * defender + Posesivo + caso = take up + Posesivo + case.
    * defender + Posesivo + causa = advance + Posesivo + cause.
    * defender + Posesivo + idea = support + Posesivo + case.
    * defender + Posesivo + postura = argue + Posesivo + case.
    * defenderse = bite back, stand up, strike back, fight back, fight for + Posesivo + life.
    * defenderse de ataques = ward off + attacks.
    * defenderse por uno mismo = fend for + Reflexivo.
    * defender una causa = promote + cause, support + cause, champion + cause.
    * defender una idea = champion + idea.
    * defender un argumento = support + view.
    * defender un opinión = support + view.
    * saber defenderse = hold + Posesivo + own.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    a) ( proteger) <guarnición/nación> to defend, protect; < persona> to defend

    siempre defiende a su hermanahe always defends o stands up for his sister

    defender a alguien de algo/alguien — to defend somebody against something/somebody

    b) < intereses> to protect, defend; <derechos/título> to defend
    c) (Der) to defend
    d) <idea/teoría/opinión> to defend, uphold; <causa/ideal> to champion, defend

    defender la tesis — ≈to defend one's dissertation ( in US), ≈to have a viva on one's thesis ( in UK)

    2.
    defenderse v pron
    a) (refl) ( contra una agresión) to defend o protect oneself; (Der) to defend oneself

    defenderse de algo/alguien — to defend oneself against something/somebody

    b) (fam) ( arreglárselas) to get by (colloq)
    * * *
    = advocate, argue, argue + in favour of, be + Posesivo + contention, contend, defend, espouse, maintain, make + apology, make + a case for, plead for, put + the case for, uphold, crusade for, preach, preach, champion, speak up for, speak up for, articulate + the case for, present + case for, mount + defence, strike + a blow for, raise + the flag of, come down in + favour of, stick up for, stand by, rally (a)round, rally behind, stand for.

    Ex: In order to understand the citation order that PRECIS indexing advocates it is necessary to examine the function of the operators more closely.

    Ex: Cutter argued that when it could be established that the second term was definitely more significant then inversion of headings was acceptable.
    Ex: Despite the present financial straits of developing countries, she argues in favour of long-term plan for the acquisition of relevant rare book material.
    Ex: It is our contention that an understanding of such basic principles is fundamental to an appreciation of the many and varied contexts that the individual is likely to encounter.
    Ex: The author contends that it is possible to view the search conducted with the aid of a series of menus as having strong similarities with the search through the hierarchy of a enumerative classification scheme.
    Ex: A respondent is a candidate for a degree who, in an academic disputation, defends or opposes a thesis proposed by the praeses (q.v.); also called the defendant.
    Ex: Most respondents espoused the latter view as an appropriate response to IT developments to date.
    Ex: They maintain, in an article written for Library Resources and Technical Services (LRTS) 'that automated cataloging systems have addressed only half of the problems of maintaining a library catalog'.
    Ex: My perspective, for which I make no apology, is that of someone who works daily with the nitty-gritty of cataloging, as many of you do.
    Ex: This point-by-point evaluation makes a fairly convincing case for the public access online catalogue.
    Ex: I would plead for more standardization, not less, because I think whatever we do is going to be imperfect.
    Ex: A more moderate approach is found in the writings of Olding, who puts the case for multiple entry very concisely in a short pamphlet.
    Ex: It's about time that we go back to these principles and make sure that the quality of cataloging is upheld.
    Ex: There are also dedicated individuals within government who have found a niche from which to crusade for school libraries.
    Ex: A major failing of the information industry is that its members tend to preach to one another whereas what they should be doing is talking to everyone else outside the information industry.
    Ex: A major failing of the information industry is that its members tend to preach to one another whereas what they should be doing is talking to everyone else outside the information industry.
    Ex: In particular he championed free photoduplication of library materials as a natural extension of library services to patrons at a distance.
    Ex: Many people voiced fears that volunteers would be used to take over paid jobs from the workforce, but others spoke up for volunteers saying that in many cases they had created extra jobs for the permanent staff.
    Ex: Many people voiced fears that volunteers would be used to take over paid jobs from the workforce, but others spoke up for volunteers saying that in many cases they had created extra jobs for the permanent staff.
    Ex: Moreover, in addition to quantitative measures, qualitative indicators of benefits should be considered so as to present a complete picture when articulating the case for a library's total positive impact.
    Ex: An MP, a barrister, and a financial consultant present the case for charging Value Added Tax (VAT) on books.
    Ex: The author mounts a spirited defence of the National Library of Australia future collecting priorities.
    Ex: In an effort to save US culture, strike a blow for reading, and correct well intentioned but misguided notions about the Internet making libraries obsolete, offers ten reasons why the Internet is no substitute for a library..
    Ex: The Augustinian order kept his theological tradition, and raised the flag of the Augustinian thought before and after the German reformer.
    Ex: The author comes down in favour of adding notes to cataloguing records on the grounds that the educational purpose that they are intended to serve is clear.
    Ex: He states that he has always admired Woody Allen, explaining that when he first saw his films he was happy to see that someone was sticking up for the little guy.
    Ex: It's hard to believe she stands by a man who gets his kicks out of beating her black and blue everynight.
    Ex: I recalled how bereft we felt when we lost our son and how friends and neighbours rallied round and offered a shoulder to cry on.
    Ex: The second group, who rallied behind McCarthy, was composed of students and intellectuals who were vociferous against the war.
    Ex: I will stand for your rights as my forefathers did before me!.
    * defender a = put + a word in for.
    * defender a Alguien = stand up for.
    * defender Algo = argue + Posesivo + corner.
    * defender el fuerte = hold + the fortress.
    * defender el honor de Uno = defend + Posesivo + honour.
    * defender enérgicamente = be vociferous about/in.
    * defender la causa de = further + the cause of.
    * defender la necesidad = articulate + the need.
    * defender la necesidad de = support + the case for.
    * defender lo indenfensible = defend + the indefensible.
    * defender los derechos de Uno = stand up for + Posesivo + rights.
    * defender los intereses = defend + interests, lobby for + interests.
    * defender los intereses de = go to + bat for, bat for.
    * defender los principios de Uno = stand up for + Posesivo + principles.
    * defender + Posesivo + argumento = support + Posesivo + case, buttress + Posesivo + case.
    * defender + Posesivo + caso = take up + Posesivo + case.
    * defender + Posesivo + causa = advance + Posesivo + cause.
    * defender + Posesivo + idea = support + Posesivo + case.
    * defender + Posesivo + postura = argue + Posesivo + case.
    * defenderse = bite back, stand up, strike back, fight back, fight for + Posesivo + life.
    * defenderse de ataques = ward off + attacks.
    * defenderse por uno mismo = fend for + Reflexivo.
    * defender una causa = promote + cause, support + cause, champion + cause.
    * defender una idea = champion + idea.
    * defender un argumento = support + view.
    * defender un opinión = support + view.
    * saber defenderse = hold + Posesivo + own.

    * * *
    defender [E8 ]
    vt
    1 (proteger) ‹guarnición/nación› to defend, protect; ‹persona› to defend
    siempre defiende a su hermana he always defends o protects o stands up for his sister
    defender a algn DE algo/algn to defend sb AGAINST sth/sb
    la defendió de las acusaciones/de sus atacantes he defended her against the accusations/against her attackers
    2 ‹intereses› to protect, defend; ‹derechos› to defend; ‹título› to defend
    3 ( Der) ‹caso› to defend; ‹acusado/cliente› to defend
    4 ‹idea/teoría/opinión› to defend, uphold; ‹causa/ideal› to champion, defend
    defender la tesis ≈ to defend one's dissertation ( in US), ≈ to have a viva on one's thesis ( in UK)
    1 ( refl) (contra una agresión) to defend o protect oneself; ( Der) to defend oneself defenderse DE algo/algn to defend oneself AGAINST sth/sb
    2 ( fam) (arreglárselas) to get by ( colloq)
    me defiendo bastante bien en francés I can get by quite well in French
    ¿sabes jugar al tenis? — bueno, me defiendo can you play tennis? — well, I'm not too bad ( colloq)
    * * *

     

    defender ( conjugate defender) verbo transitivo
    to defend;
    intereses to protect;
    defender a algo/algn de algo/algn to defend sth/sb against sth/sb
    defenderse verbo pronominal
    a) ( refl) ( contra una agresión) to defend o protect oneself;

    (Der) to defend oneself;
    defenderse de algo/algn to defend oneself against sth/sb
    b) (fam) ( arreglárselas) to get by (colloq);


    defender verbo transitivo to defend [contra, against] [de, from]
    ' defender' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    defensa
    - defensor
    - defensora
    - muerte
    - resguardar
    - uña
    - unirse
    - valedor
    - valedora
    - defienda
    English:
    argue
    - defend
    - defender
    - guard
    - leg
    - plead
    - speak up
    - stand up
    - stick up for
    - uphold
    - advocate
    - champion
    - speak
    - stand
    - stick
    * * *
    vt
    1. [país, ideas] to defend;
    [amigo] to stand up for; Dep [contrario, delantero] to mark;
    defender a alguien de algo to defend sb from o against sth;
    defender los derechos/intereses de alguien to defend sb's rights/interests;
    defendió su teoría con sólidos argumentos he supported his theory with sound arguments;
    defender la tesis [en universidad] Br ≈ to have one's viva, US ≈ to defend one's dissertation;
    Dep
    defender el título to defend the title;
    defender algo a capa y espada to defend sth tooth and nail
    2. [reo, acusado] to defend
    3. [proteger] [del frío, calor] to protect (de against)
    vi
    Dep to mark;
    defender al hombre to mark man for man, to man-mark;
    defender en zona to use a zone defence
    * * *
    I v/t
    1 defend (de against)
    2 en fútbol mark
    II v/i en fútbol mark
    * * *
    defender {56} vt
    : to defend, to protect
    * * *
    1. (en general) to defend
    2. (proteger) to protect

    Spanish-English dictionary > defender

  • 6 entrar

    v.
    1 to enter, to come in (introducirse) (viniendo).
    déjame entrar let me in
    entrar en algo to enter something, to come/go into something
    entré por la ventana I got in through the window
    El auto entró fácilmente The car entered easily.
    Elsa entró los datos Elsa entered the data.
    2 to go in.
    entrar en algo to go into something
    3 to fit.
    esta llave no entra en la cerradura this key won't fit in the lock
    este anillo no me entra I can't get this ring on my finger
    el pie no me entra en el zapato I can't get this shoe on
    4 to join in.
    entrar en to join in; (discusión, polémica) to get in on (negocio)
    no entremos en cuestiones morales let's not get involved in moral issues
    yo ahí ni entro ni salgo it has nothing to do with me
    5 to start (time).
    el verano entra el 21 de junio summer starts on 21 June
    entrar en to reach; (edad, vejez) to start (año nuevo)
    6 to engage (automobiles).
    no entra la tercera it won't go into third gear
    7 to bring in.
    8 to take in.
    9 to approach, to deal with.
    a ése no hay por donde entrarle there's no way of getting through to him
    10 to be visited by.
    Nos entraron muchos turistas We were visited by many tourists.
    11 to catch, to take.
    Me entró un resfrío I cought [took] a cold.
    * * *
    1 (ir adentro) to come in, go in
    2 (tener entrada) to be welcome
    3 (en una sociedad etc) to join; (en una profesión) to take up, join
    4 (encajar, caber) to fit
    5 (empezar - año, estación) to begin, start; (- período, época) to enter; (- libro, carta) to begin, open
    6 (venir) to come over, come on
    7 (alcanzar) to reach
    8 (deberes, planes) to come, enter
    9 (adoptar) to enter (into), get (into)
    10 INFORMÁTICA to access
    11 AUTOMÓVIL to engage, change into
    12 MÚSICA to come in, enter (al escenario) to enter
    1 (meter) to put
    2 (de contrabando) to smuggle
    3 COSTURA to take in
    1 to get in
    \
    bien entrado,-a... well into...
    el año que entra next year, the coming year
    entrado,-a en años / entrado,-a en edad figurado getting on in years
    entrar a trabajar to begin work
    entrar con buen pie figurado to get off on the right foot
    entrar en cólera to get angry
    entrar en contacto to get in touch
    entrar en detalles to go into details
    entrar en materia to give an introduction
    entrar en religión to enter a religious order
    ese tío no me entra familiar I can't stand that guy
    hacer entrar to invite in
    no entrar ni salir en algo familiar to be indifferent to something
    no me entra el latín familiar I can't get the hang of Latin
    no me entra en la cabeza familiar I can't believe it, I can't get my head round it
    * * *
    verb
    1) to enter, go in
    * * *
    1. VI
    1) [en un lugar] [acercándose al hablante] to come in, enter más frm; [alejándose del hablante] to go in, enter más frm

    -¿se puede? -sí, entra — "may I?" - "yes, come in"

    entré en o LAm a la casa — I went into the house

    espera un momento, es solo entrar y salir — wait for me a minute, I won't be long

    2) (=encajar)

    ¿entra uno más? — is there room for one more?, will one more fit?

    estoy lleno, ya no me entra nada más — I'm full, I couldn't eat another thing

    las historias de este libro entran de lleno en el surrealismo — the stories in this book are genuinely surrealist, the stories in this book come right into the category of surrealism

    3) (=estar incluido)
    4) (=comenzar)
    a) [persona]

    ¿a qué hora entras a clase? — what time do you start school?

    b)
    c) [época, estación]

    el mes que entra — the coming month, next month

    5) [con sensaciones]
    6) [conocimientos, idea]
    7) * (=soportar) to bear, stand

    ese tío no me entraI can't bear o stand that fellow

    8) (Inform) to access
    9) (Mús) [instrumento, voz] to come in
    10) (Teat) to enter
    2. VT
    1) * [+ objeto] [acercándose al hablante] to bring in; [alejándose del hablante] to take in
    2) * (=abordar a) to deal with, approach
    3) [+ futbolista] to tackle
    4) (Mil) to attack
    ENTRAR Para precisar la manera de entrar Entrar (en ) por regla general se suele traducir por come in(to ) o por go in(to), según la dirección del movimiento (hacia o en dirección contraria al hablante), pero, come y go se pueden substituir por otros verbos de movimiento si la frase en español explica la forma en que se entra: Entró cojeando en Urgencias He limped into Casualty Acabo de ver a un ratón entrar corriendo en ese agujero I've just seen a mouse running into that hole Para otros usos y ejemplos ver la entrada
    * * *
    1.
    verbo intransitivo
    1) ( acercándose) to come in; ( alejándose) to go in

    hazla entrar — tell her to come in, show her in

    entró corriendo — he ran in, he came running in

    ¿se puede entrar con el coche? — can you drive in?

    ¿cómo entró? — how did he get in?

    entrar en or (esp AmL) a algo: entró en el or al banco she went into the bank; nunca he entrado en or a esa tienda I've never been into o in that shop; no los dejaron entrar en or a Francia they weren't allowed into France; las tropas entraron en or a Varsovia — the troops entered Warsaw

    2)
    a) (en etapa, estado)
    b) ( en tema)
    3)
    a) (introducirse, meterse)

    cierra la puerta, que entra frío — close the door, you're letting the cold in

    ¿entrará por la puerta? — will it get through the door?

    c) ( ser lo suficientemente grande) (+ me/te/le etc)
    d) (fam) materia/lección/idea (+ me/te/le etc)

    la física no le entrahe just can't get the hang of o get to grips with physics (colloq)

    ya se lo he explicado, pero no le entra — I've explained it to him but he just doesn't understand o he just can't get it into his head

    e) (Auto) cambios/marchas
    4) hambre/miedo (+ me/te/le etc)

    le entró hambre/miedo — she felt o got hungry/frightened

    me entró sueño/frío — I got o began to feel sleepy/cold

    5) ( empezar) to start, begin

    entró de or como aprendiz — he started o began as an apprentice

    entrar a matar — (Taur) to go in for the kill

    6)

    entrar en or (esp AmL) a algo — ejército/empresa/convento to enter something

    el año que entré en or a la universidad — the year I started college

    acabo de entrar en or a la asociación — I've just joined the association

    entrar en algoguerra/campeonato/negociación to enter something

    b) (Mús) instrumento/voz to come in, enter
    7)

    ¿cuántas entran en un kilo? — how many do you get in a kilo?

    eso no entraba en mis planes — I hadn't allowed for that, that wasn't part of the plan

    8)
    a) toro
    b) futbolista to tackle

    recoge Márquez, le entra Gordillo — Márquez gets the ball and he is tackled by Gordillo

    2.
    entrar vt ( traer) to bring in; ( llevar) to take in

    ¿cómo van a entrar el sofá? — how are they going to get the sofa in?

    * * *
    = go into, go into, pass into, go in, step inside, walk in/into, come in, walk through + the door, patronise [patronize, -USA], patronage.
    Ex. As something you may or may not know, every item going into the processing stream is assigned a priority, and our judgment will in many cases be different from yours, as our needs will be different from yours.
    Ex. As something you may or may not know, every item going into the processing stream is assigned a priority, and our judgment will in many cases be different from yours, as our needs will be different from yours.
    Ex. An abstracting bulletin is generally a weekly or monthly current-awareness service containing abstracts of all documents of interest that have passed into the library or information unit during that time.
    Ex. But in the country the processes of printing always provoke such lively curiosity that the customers preferred to go in by a glazed door set in the shop-front and giving onto the street.
    Ex. He pushed open the door and stepped inside.
    Ex. 'When you walked in here, Tony, you looked as if you'd just seen a ghost' = "Tony, cuando entrastes aquí parecía como si hubieras visto un fantasma".
    Ex. Their duty is to come in before school each morning and check that the book checking system is in order and that the library is tidy and presentable.
    Ex. As I walk through the door of the first sporting goods store, I look for the running shoes I want.
    Ex. In the light of the continuing authoritarianism demonstrated by most librarians towards their patrons, it is small wonder that so few people patronized America's public libraries.
    Ex. 'Exit' is a vow, or intention, to never again patronage the offending library.
    ----
    * al entrar = on entry.
    * aventurarse a entrar en = venture into.
    * entrado en años = long in the tooth.
    * Entra en mi salón, dijo la araña... = Come into my parlour, said the spider....
    * entrar a formar parte de = enter in.
    * entrar a hurtadillas = steal into.
    * entrar apresuradamente = hurry in.
    * entrar a saco = burst into, storm into.
    * entrar bajo la competencia de = fall under + the purview of.
    * entrar con buen pie = start + Nombre + off on the right foot.
    * entrar de lleno = plunge into.
    * entrar de lleno en = get + stuck into, get + stuck into.
    * entrar dentro de = fall into, fall under.
    * entrar dentro de la categoría de = fall under + the heading of.
    * entrar dentro de la competencia de = fall + under the purview of.
    * entrar dentro de la competencia de Alguien = fall within + Posesivo + purview.
    * entrar dentro de la jurisdicción de = fall under + the jurisdiction of.
    * entrar dentro del ámbito de = fall into + the ambit of.
    * entrar dentro de la responsabilidad de = fall under + the jurisdiction of, fall under + the auspices of, fall under + the purview of.
    * entrar dentro del dominio de = fall under + the umbrella of.
    * entrar dentro de una categoría = fall into + category, fall under + rubric.
    * entrar de sopetón = burst into, storm into.
    * entrar en = fall within/into, get into, walk into, move into, slip into, turn into, come into, set + foot (inside/in/on).
    * entrar en acción = enter + the picture.
    * entrar en conflicto = come into + conflict (with), run into + conflict.
    * entrar en conflicto con = conflict with, clash with, run + afoul of, fall + afoul of.
    * entrar en contacto = come into + contact.
    * entrar en contacto con = get in + touch with.
    * entrar en decadencia = go to + seed.
    * entrar en el ámbito de = fall within + the ambit of.
    * entrar en erupción = erupt.
    * entrar en funcionamiento = go into + operation.
    * entrar en juego = bring into + play, call into + play.
    * entrar en la cabeza = get + Posesivo + head around, wrap + Posesivo + head around, get it into + Posesivo + head.
    * entrar en la dinámica = enter + the fray.
    * entrar en la mollera = get it into + Posesivo + head.
    * entrar en liquidación = go into + liquidation.
    * entrar en prensa = go to + press.
    * entrar en razón = come to + Posesivo + senses.
    * entrar en trance = go into + trance.
    * entrar en vigor = come into + force, come into + effect, go into + effect.
    * entrar hambre después del esfuerzo = work up + an appetite.
    * entrar hipo = hiccup.
    * entrar ilegalmente = break in, break into.
    * entrar mediante engaño = bluff + Posesivo + way into.
    * entrar miedo = become + jittery.
    * entrar presionando = snap into.
    * entrar rápidamente = dart onto.
    * entrar rápidamente en = whisk into.
    * entrar sed después del esfuerzo = work up + a thirst.
    * entrar sin autorización = trespass.
    * entrar sin ser visto = sneak into.
    * entrar y salir = come and go, drift in and out, wander in and out, go into and out of.
    * entrar y salir corriendo = run in and out.
    * evitar que + entrar = keep + Nombre + out.
    * no dejar entrar = turn + Nombre + away, keep out.
    * por un lado entra + Nombre + y por otro sale + Nombre = in go + Nombre + at one end, and out come + Nombre + at the other.
    * que entran en juego = at play.
    * que hace entrar en calor = warming.
    * recesión + entrar = recession + set in.
    * volver a entrar = come back in.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo intransitivo
    1) ( acercándose) to come in; ( alejándose) to go in

    hazla entrar — tell her to come in, show her in

    entró corriendo — he ran in, he came running in

    ¿se puede entrar con el coche? — can you drive in?

    ¿cómo entró? — how did he get in?

    entrar en or (esp AmL) a algo: entró en el or al banco she went into the bank; nunca he entrado en or a esa tienda I've never been into o in that shop; no los dejaron entrar en or a Francia they weren't allowed into France; las tropas entraron en or a Varsovia — the troops entered Warsaw

    2)
    a) (en etapa, estado)
    b) ( en tema)
    3)
    a) (introducirse, meterse)

    cierra la puerta, que entra frío — close the door, you're letting the cold in

    ¿entrará por la puerta? — will it get through the door?

    c) ( ser lo suficientemente grande) (+ me/te/le etc)
    d) (fam) materia/lección/idea (+ me/te/le etc)

    la física no le entrahe just can't get the hang of o get to grips with physics (colloq)

    ya se lo he explicado, pero no le entra — I've explained it to him but he just doesn't understand o he just can't get it into his head

    e) (Auto) cambios/marchas
    4) hambre/miedo (+ me/te/le etc)

    le entró hambre/miedo — she felt o got hungry/frightened

    me entró sueño/frío — I got o began to feel sleepy/cold

    5) ( empezar) to start, begin

    entró de or como aprendiz — he started o began as an apprentice

    entrar a matar — (Taur) to go in for the kill

    6)

    entrar en or (esp AmL) a algo — ejército/empresa/convento to enter something

    el año que entré en or a la universidad — the year I started college

    acabo de entrar en or a la asociación — I've just joined the association

    entrar en algoguerra/campeonato/negociación to enter something

    b) (Mús) instrumento/voz to come in, enter
    7)

    ¿cuántas entran en un kilo? — how many do you get in a kilo?

    eso no entraba en mis planes — I hadn't allowed for that, that wasn't part of the plan

    8)
    a) toro
    b) futbolista to tackle

    recoge Márquez, le entra Gordillo — Márquez gets the ball and he is tackled by Gordillo

    2.
    entrar vt ( traer) to bring in; ( llevar) to take in

    ¿cómo van a entrar el sofá? — how are they going to get the sofa in?

    * * *
    = go into, go into, pass into, go in, step inside, walk in/into, come in, walk through + the door, patronise [patronize, -USA], patronage.

    Ex: As something you may or may not know, every item going into the processing stream is assigned a priority, and our judgment will in many cases be different from yours, as our needs will be different from yours.

    Ex: As something you may or may not know, every item going into the processing stream is assigned a priority, and our judgment will in many cases be different from yours, as our needs will be different from yours.
    Ex: An abstracting bulletin is generally a weekly or monthly current-awareness service containing abstracts of all documents of interest that have passed into the library or information unit during that time.
    Ex: But in the country the processes of printing always provoke such lively curiosity that the customers preferred to go in by a glazed door set in the shop-front and giving onto the street.
    Ex: He pushed open the door and stepped inside.
    Ex: 'When you walked in here, Tony, you looked as if you'd just seen a ghost' = "Tony, cuando entrastes aquí parecía como si hubieras visto un fantasma".
    Ex: Their duty is to come in before school each morning and check that the book checking system is in order and that the library is tidy and presentable.
    Ex: As I walk through the door of the first sporting goods store, I look for the running shoes I want.
    Ex: In the light of the continuing authoritarianism demonstrated by most librarians towards their patrons, it is small wonder that so few people patronized America's public libraries.
    Ex: 'Exit' is a vow, or intention, to never again patronage the offending library.
    * al entrar = on entry.
    * aventurarse a entrar en = venture into.
    * entrado en años = long in the tooth.
    * Entra en mi salón, dijo la araña... = Come into my parlour, said the spider....
    * entrar a formar parte de = enter in.
    * entrar a hurtadillas = steal into.
    * entrar apresuradamente = hurry in.
    * entrar a saco = burst into, storm into.
    * entrar bajo la competencia de = fall under + the purview of.
    * entrar con buen pie = start + Nombre + off on the right foot.
    * entrar de lleno = plunge into.
    * entrar de lleno en = get + stuck into, get + stuck into.
    * entrar dentro de = fall into, fall under.
    * entrar dentro de la categoría de = fall under + the heading of.
    * entrar dentro de la competencia de = fall + under the purview of.
    * entrar dentro de la competencia de Alguien = fall within + Posesivo + purview.
    * entrar dentro de la jurisdicción de = fall under + the jurisdiction of.
    * entrar dentro del ámbito de = fall into + the ambit of.
    * entrar dentro de la responsabilidad de = fall under + the jurisdiction of, fall under + the auspices of, fall under + the purview of.
    * entrar dentro del dominio de = fall under + the umbrella of.
    * entrar dentro de una categoría = fall into + category, fall under + rubric.
    * entrar de sopetón = burst into, storm into.
    * entrar en = fall within/into, get into, walk into, move into, slip into, turn into, come into, set + foot (inside/in/on).
    * entrar en acción = enter + the picture.
    * entrar en conflicto = come into + conflict (with), run into + conflict.
    * entrar en conflicto con = conflict with, clash with, run + afoul of, fall + afoul of.
    * entrar en contacto = come into + contact.
    * entrar en contacto con = get in + touch with.
    * entrar en decadencia = go to + seed.
    * entrar en el ámbito de = fall within + the ambit of.
    * entrar en erupción = erupt.
    * entrar en funcionamiento = go into + operation.
    * entrar en juego = bring into + play, call into + play.
    * entrar en la cabeza = get + Posesivo + head around, wrap + Posesivo + head around, get it into + Posesivo + head.
    * entrar en la dinámica = enter + the fray.
    * entrar en la mollera = get it into + Posesivo + head.
    * entrar en liquidación = go into + liquidation.
    * entrar en prensa = go to + press.
    * entrar en razón = come to + Posesivo + senses.
    * entrar en trance = go into + trance.
    * entrar en vigor = come into + force, come into + effect, go into + effect.
    * entrar hambre después del esfuerzo = work up + an appetite.
    * entrar hipo = hiccup.
    * entrar ilegalmente = break in, break into.
    * entrar mediante engaño = bluff + Posesivo + way into.
    * entrar miedo = become + jittery.
    * entrar presionando = snap into.
    * entrar rápidamente = dart onto.
    * entrar rápidamente en = whisk into.
    * entrar sed después del esfuerzo = work up + a thirst.
    * entrar sin autorización = trespass.
    * entrar sin ser visto = sneak into.
    * entrar y salir = come and go, drift in and out, wander in and out, go into and out of.
    * entrar y salir corriendo = run in and out.
    * evitar que + entrar = keep + Nombre + out.
    * no dejar entrar = turn + Nombre + away, keep out.
    * por un lado entra + Nombre + y por otro sale + Nombre = in go + Nombre + at one end, and out come + Nombre + at the other.
    * que entran en juego = at play.
    * que hace entrar en calor = warming.
    * recesión + entrar = recession + set in.
    * volver a entrar = come back in.

    * * *
    entrar [A1 ]
    ■ entrar (verbo intransitivo)
    A acercándose, alejándose
    B
    1 en una etapa, un estado
    2 en un tema
    C
    1 introducirse, meterse
    2 poderse meter
    3 ser lo suficientemente grande
    4 entrar en la cabeza
    5 Automovilismo
    6 Informática
    D entrarle frío etc
    E empezar
    F
    1 incorporarse
    2 Música
    G
    1 estar incluido
    2 ser incluido
    3 entrarle a algo
    H
    1 Tauromaquia
    2 Deporte
    3 entrarle a algn
    ■ entrar (verbo transitivo)
    1 traer, llevar
    2 en costura
    vi
    A (acercándose) to come in; (alejándose) to go in
    entra, no te quedes en la puerta come in, don't stand there in the doorway
    quiero entrar a comprar cigarrillos I want to go in and buy some cigarettes
    en ese momento entró Nicolás just then Nicolás came o walked in, just then Nicolás entered the room
    entraron sin pagar/por la ventana they got in without paying/through the window
    déjame entrar let me in
    hazla entrar tell her to come in, show her in
    entró corriendo/cojeando he ran/limped in, he came running/limping in
    ése en mi casa no entra I am not having him in my house
    ¿se puede entrar con el coche? can you drive in?, can you take the car in?
    entrar a puerto to put into port
    aquí nunca entró esa moda that fashion never took off here
    hay gente constantemente entrando y saliendo there are always people coming and going
    fue entrar y salir I was in and out in no time
    entrar EN or ( esp AmL) A algo:
    entró en el or al banco a cambiar dinero she went into the bank to change some money
    nunca he entrado en or a esa tienda I've never been into o in that shop
    no los dejaron entrar en or a Francia they weren't allowed into France
    entraron en el or al país ilegalmente they entered the country illegally
    un Ford negro entró en el or al garaje a black Ford pulled into the garage
    las tropas entraron en or a Varsovia the troops entered Warsaw
    yo por ahí no entro ( fam); I'm not having that! ( colloq)
    B
    1 (en una etapa, un estado) entrar EN algo to enter sth
    pronto entraremos en una nueva década we shall soon be entering a new decade
    al entrar en la pubertad on reaching puberty
    entró en contacto con ellos he made contact with them
    no logro entrar en calor I just can't get warm
    entró en coma he went into a coma
    cuando el reactor entró en funcionamiento when the reactor began operating o became operational
    2 (en un tema) entrar EN algo to go into sth
    sin entrar en los aspectos más técnicos without going into the more technical aspects
    no quiero entrar en juicios de valor I don't want to get involved in o to make value judgments
    C
    1
    (introducirse, meterse): cierra la puerta, que entra frío close the door, you're letting the cold in
    le entra por un oído y le sale por el otro it goes in one ear and out the other
    entrar EN algo:
    me ha entrado arena en los zapatos I've got sand in my shoes
    2
    (poderse meter): no entra por la puerta it won't go through the door
    está llena, no entra ni una cosa más it's full, you won't get anything else in
    estos clavos no entran en la pared these nails won't go into the wall
    estoy repleta, no me entra nada más I'm full, I couldn't eat another thing
    estos vaqueros ya no me entran I can't get into these jeans anymore, these jeans don't fit me anymore
    el zapato no le entra he can't get his shoe on
    4 ( fam)
    «materia/lección/idea» (+ me/te/le etc): la física no le entra he just doesn't understand physics, he just can't get the hang of o get to grips with physics ( colloq)
    ya se lo he explicado varias veces, pero no le entra I've explained it to him several times but he just doesn't understand o he just can't get it into his head
    que la haya dejado es algo que no me entra (en la cabeza) I just can't understand him leaving her
    «cambios/marchas»: no (me) entran las marchas I can't get it into gear
    no me entra la segunda I can't get it into second (gear)
    6 ( Informática) tb
    entrar en el sistema to log in, log on
    D
    «frío/hambre/miedo» (+ me/te/le etc): me está entrando hambre I'm beginning to feel hungry
    le entró miedo cuando lo vio she felt o was frightened when she saw it
    ya me ha entrado la duda I'm beginning to have my doubts now
    me entró sueño/frío I got o began to feel sleepy/cold
    E (empezar) to start, begin
    ¿a qué hora entras a trabajar? what time do you start work?
    entró de or como aprendiz he started o began o joined as an apprentice
    termina un siglo y entra otro one century comes to a close and another begins
    entrar A + INF:
    entró a trabajar allí a los 18 años he started (working) there when he was 18
    entrar a matar ( Taur) to go in for the kill
    ahí entré a sospechar ( RPl fam); that's when I started o began to get suspicious
    F
    1 (incorporarse) entrar EN or ( esp AmL) A algo:
    entró en el or al convento muy joven she entered the convent when she was very young
    el año que viene entra en la or a la universidad she's going to college o she starts college next year
    el año que entré en la asociación the year that I joined the association
    entró en la or a la empresa de jefe de personal he joined the company as personnel manager
    2 ( Música) «instrumento/voz» to come in, enter
    G
    1 (estar incluido) entrar EN algo:
    ese tema no entra en el programa that subject is not on o in the syllabus
    el postre no entra en el precio dessert is not included in the price
    ¿cuántas entran en un kilo? how many do you get in a kilo?
    eso no entraba en mis planes I hadn't allowed for that, that wasn't part of the plan
    no entraba en or dentro de sus obligaciones it was not part of o one of his duties
    esto ya entra en or dentro de lo ridículo this is becoming o getting ridiculous
    2
    (ser incluido): creo que entraremos en la segunda tanda I think we'll be in the second group
    los números no premiados entrarán en un segundo sorteo the non-winning numbers will go into o be included in o be entered for a second draw
    3
    ( Méx fam): entrarle A algo (participar en) to be game FOR sth
    ¡ándale! éntrale a estos frijoles, están muy buenos come on! tuck into these beans, they're very good
    H
    1
    ( Tauromaquia) «toro»: el toro no entraba al capote the bull wouldn't charge at the cape
    2 ( Deporte) «futbolista» to tackle
    recoge Márquez, (le) entra Gordillo Márquez gets the ball and is tackled by Gordillo
    3
    ( AmL fam) (abordar): entrarle a algn to chat sb up ( colloq)
    ■ entrar
    vt
    1 (traer) to bring in; (llevar) to take in
    va a llover, hay que entrar la ropa it's going to rain, we'll have to bring the washing in
    voy a entrar el coche I'm just going to put the car away o put the car in the garage
    ¿cómo van a entrar el sofá? how are they going to get the sofa in?
    no se puede entrar animales al país you are not allowed to take/bring animals into the country
    lo entró de contrabando he smuggled it in
    2
    (en costura): hay que entrarle un poco de los costados it needs taking in a bit at the sides
    * * *

     

    entrar ( conjugate entrar) verbo intransitivo
    1 ( acercándose) to come in;
    ( alejándose) to go in;

    hazla entrar tell her to come in, show her in;
    entró corriendo he ran in, he came running in;
    ¿se puede entrar con el coche? can you drive in?;
    había gente entrando y saliendo there were people coming and going;
    ¿cómo entró? how did he get in?;
    entrar en or (esp AmL) a algo ‹a edificio/habitación› to go into sth;
    entró en el or al banco she went into the bank
    2 (en etapa, estado) entrar en algo ‹en periodo/guerra/negociaciones to enter sth;

    entró en coma he went into a coma
    3
    a) (introducirse, meterse):

    cierra la puerta, que entra frío close the door, you're letting the cold in;

    me entró arena en los zapatos I've got sand in my shoes

    ¿entrará por la puerta? will it get through the door?;


    (+ me/te/le etc):

    el zapato no le entra he can't get his shoe on;
    no me entra la segunda (Auto) I can't get it into second (gear)
    4 [ hambre] (+ me/te/le etc):
    le entró hambre she felt o got hungry;

    me ha entrado la duda I'm beginning to have my doubts;
    me entró sueño I got o began to feel sleepy
    5 ( empezar) to start, begin;
    entró de aprendiz he started o began as an apprentice

    6 ( incorporarse) entrar en or (esp AmL) a algo ‹en empresa/ejército/club to join sth;
    en convento to enter sth;
    el año que entré en or a la universidad the year I started college I've just joined the association
    7 ( estar incluido):

    ¿cuántas entran en un kilo? how many do you get in a kilo?
    verbo transitivo ( traer) to bring in;
    ( llevar) to take in;
    ¿cómo van a entrar el sofá? how are they going to get the sofa in?

    entrar
    I verbo intransitivo
    1 to come in, go in, enter: los ladrones entraron por la ventana, the burglars entered through the window ➣ Ver nota en ir
    2 (encajar) to fit: esta llave no entra, this key doesn't fit
    3 (estar incluido) to be included: eso no entra en el precio, that's not included in the price
    4 (en una organización, partido) to join, get into: entró en el club, he was admitted to the club
    5 (en una situación) to go into: el avión entró en barrena, the plane went into a spin
    entrar en calor, to warm up
    6 (comenzar) el mes que entra, next month, the coming month
    7 (sobrevenir) to come over: le entraron ganas de llorar, he felt like crying
    me entró un ataque de histeria, I went into hysterics
    8 (agradar) no me entran las lentejas, I don't like lentils
    II verbo transitivo
    1 to bring in: entra las sillas, take the chairs in
    2 Inform to enter
    ♦ Locuciones: entrar en la cabeza: no me entra en la cabeza que hayas hecho eso, I can't understand why you have done that
    ni entrar ni salir, to play no part in the matter: en cuestiones sentimentales ni entro ni salgo, I steer well clear of touchy subjects

    ' entrar' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    abarrotada
    - abarrotado
    - acceder
    - adherirse
    - arriar
    - asomarse
    - barrena
    - caber
    - calor
    - codazo
    - colarse
    - dejar
    - disminuir
    - erupción
    - escena
    - funcionamiento
    - guardacantón
    - hacer
    - irse
    - le
    - meterse
    - pasar
    - perdón
    - razón
    - robar
    - saco
    - tocar
    - trance
    - vigencia
    - vigor
    - bala
    - chequeo
    - chocar
    - colar
    - coma
    - conflicto
    - contacto
    - desorden
    - detalle
    - dificultad
    - duda
    - ebullición
    - esperar
    - función
    - gata
    - hurtadillas
    - introducir
    - juego
    - limpiar
    - meter
    English:
    access
    - admit
    - barge
    - barge in
    - break into
    - bring in
    - burglarize
    - burst in
    - climb
    - come in
    - come into
    - crowd
    - customary
    - dash in
    - dash into
    - detail
    - effect
    - enter
    - entry
    - erupt
    - fetch in
    - flounce
    - force
    - get in
    - go in
    - go into
    - hear of
    - in
    - input
    - inside
    - join
    - jump in
    - keep out
    - left
    - let in
    - LIFO
    - listen
    - log in
    - log on
    - may
    - move in
    - penetrate
    - pop in
    - re-enter
    - reason
    - roll in
    - run in
    - sense
    - show up
    - slip in
    * * *
    vi
    1. [introducirse] [viniendo] to enter, to come in;
    [yendo] to enter, to go in;
    déjame entrar let me in;
    entrar en algo to enter sth, to come/go into sth;
    acababa de entrar en casa cuando… she had just got back home o got into the house when…;
    lo vi entrar en el restaurante I saw him go into the restaurant;
    entré por la ventana I got in through the window;
    no tiene edad para entrar en discotecas she's not old enough to go to discos;
    entra al campo Rubio en sustitución de un compañero Rubio is coming on for his teammate
    2. [penetrar] to go in;
    cierra la puerta, entra mucho viento close the door, you're letting the wind in;
    este disquete no entra en la disquetera this disk won't go into the disk drive
    3. [caber] to fit (en in);
    esta llave no entra en la cerradura this key won't fit in the lock;
    en esta habitación entran dos alfombras there's room for two rugs in this room;
    este anillo no me entra I can't get this ring on my finger;
    el pie no me entra en el zapato I can't get this shoe on
    4. [incorporarse]
    entrar (en algo) [colegio, empresa] to start (at sth);
    [club, partido político] to join (sth);
    entró en la universidad a los dieciocho años he went to university when he was eighteen;
    entrar en la Unión Europea to join the European Union;
    entró a trabajar de ayudante he started off as an assistant
    5. [empezar]
    entramos a las nueve we start at nine o'clock;
    entrar a hacer algo to start doing sth;
    entró a trabajar hace un mes she started work a month ago;
    RP Fam
    cuando me lo dijo, entré a atar cabos when he told me, I started putting two and two together;
    RP Fam
    cuando entró a pensar en el asunto, ya era demasiado tarde by the time he began thinking about the matter, it was already too late
    6. [participar] to join in;
    entrar en [discusión, polémica] to join in;
    [negocio] to get in on;
    no entremos en cuestiones morales let's not get involved in moral issues;
    no tuvo tiempo de entrar en juego she didn't have time to get into the game;
    yo ahí ni entro ni salgo it has nothing to do with me;
    yo no entro en temas políticos porque no entiendo I don't discuss politics because I don't understand it
    7. [estar incluido]
    entrar en, entrar dentro de to be included in;
    la cena entra en el precio dinner is included in the price;
    ¿cuántos entran en un kilo? how many do you get to the kilo?;
    ¿esto entra en o [m5] para el examen? does this come into the exam?
    8. [figurar]
    entro en el grupo de los disconformes I number among the dissidents;
    este retraso no entraba en nuestros planes this delay did not form part of our plans
    9. [estado físico, de ánimo]
    le entraron ganas de hablar he suddenly felt like talking;
    me entran ganas de ponerme a cantar I've got an urge to start singing;
    me está entrando frío/sueño I'm getting cold/sleepy;
    me entró mucha pena I was filled with pity;
    entró en calor rápidamente she soon warmed up o got warm;
    me entran sudores sólo de pensarlo it makes me break out in a cold sweat just thinking about it;
    me entró la risa I got the giggles
    10. [periodo de tiempo] to start;
    el verano entra el 21 de junio summer starts on 21 June;
    entrar en [edad, vejez] to reach;
    [año nuevo] to start;
    entramos en una nueva era de cooperación we are entering a new era of cooperation
    11. [concepto, asignatura]
    no le entra la geometría he can't get the hang of geometry;
    no le entra en la cabeza que eso no se hace he can't seem to get it into his head that that sort of behaviour is out
    12. Aut to engage;
    no entra la tercera it won't go into third gear
    13. Mús to come in;
    ahora entra la sección de viento now the wind section comes in
    14. Taurom to charge;
    entrar al engaño to charge the cape
    15. Fam [comida, bebida] to go down;
    ¡qué bien entra este vino! this wine goes down a treat!;
    no, gracias, no me entra más no thanks, I couldn't take any more
    vt
    1. [introducir] [trayendo] to bring in;
    [llevando] to take in;
    entra la ropa antes de que se moje take o bring the washing in before it gets wet;
    entra las herramientas en el cobertizo y vamos a pasear put the tools in the shed and we'll go for a walk;
    ¿por dónde entraremos el piano? where are we going to get the piano in?;
    entran tabaco de contrabando they bring in contraband tobacco, they smuggle tobacco
    2. [acometer] to approach;
    a ése no hay por donde entrarle it's impossible to know how to approach him;
    hay un chico que le gusta, pero no sabe cómo entrarle there's a boy she fancies, but she doesn't know how to get talking to him
    3. [en fútbol] to tackle;
    entró al contrario con violencia he made a heavy challenge on his opponent;
    entrar en falta a alguien to commit a foul on sb
    * * *
    I v/i
    1 para indicar acercamiento come in, enter;
    ¡entre! come in!;
    yo en eso no entro ni salgo that has nothing to do with me, I have nothing to do with that
    2 para indicar alejamiento go in, enter
    3 caber fit;
    el pantalón no me entra these pants don’t fit me;
    la llave no entra the key doesn’t fit;
    no me entra en la cabeza I can’t understand it
    4
    :
    ¿cuántos plátanos entran en un kilo? how many bananas are there in a kilo?
    5
    :
    me entró frío/sueño I got cold/sleepy, I began to feel cold/sleepy;
    me entró miedo I got scared, I began to feel scared
    6
    :
    entrar en go into;
    7 ( gustar)
    :
    este tipo no me entra I don’t like the look of the guy, I don’t like the guy’s face
    8 ( empezar)
    :
    entrar (a trabajar) a las ocho start (work) at eight o’clock
    II v/t
    3 INFOR enter
    4 en fútbol tackle
    * * *
    entrar vi
    1) : to enter, to go in, to come in
    2) : to begin
    entrar vt
    1) : to bring in, to introduce
    2) : to access
    * * *
    entrar vb
    1. (ir adentro) to go in
    2. (lograr acceso, subir a un coche) to get in
    3. (pasar) to come in [pt. came; pp. come]
    entra, que hace frío fuera come in it's cold outside
    4. (caber) to fit [pt. & pp. fitted]
    5. (ingresar) to join / to get into
    6. (estar incluido) to be included
    7. (empezar) to start / to begin [pt. began; pp. begun]
    8. (sobrevenir) to get / to feel [pt. & pp. felt]
    9. (en fútbol) to tackle

    Spanish-English dictionary > entrar

  • 7 AT

    I) prep.
    A. with dative.
    I. Of motion;
    1) towards, against;
    Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;
    hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;
    Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;
    þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;
    3) to, at;
    koma at landi, to come to land;
    ganga at dómi, to go into court;
    4) along (= eptir);
    ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;
    dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;
    refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;
    5) denoting hostility;
    renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;
    gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;
    6) around;
    vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;
    bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;
    7) denoting business, engagement;
    ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;
    fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.
    II. Of position, &c.;
    1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;
    at kirkju, at church;
    at dómi, in court;
    at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;
    2) denoting participation in;
    vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;
    3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;
    kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;
    var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;
    4) with proper names of places (farms);
    konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;
    biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;
    at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;
    5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;
    at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;
    at Marðar, at Mara’s home;
    at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;
    at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).
    III. Of time;
    1) at, in;
    at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;
    at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;
    at páskum, at Easter;
    at kveldi, at eventide;
    at fjöru, at the ebb;
    at flœðum, at the floodtide;
    2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;
    at ári komanda, next year;
    at vári, er kemr, next spring;
    generally with ‘komanda’ understood;
    at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;
    3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;
    at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;
    at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;
    at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;
    at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;
    at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;
    at honum önduðum, after his death;
    4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;
    hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;
    skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;
    at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.
    IV. fig. and in various uses;
    1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;
    brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;
    verða at ormi, to become a snake;
    2) for, as;
    gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;
    eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;
    3) by;
    taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;
    draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;
    kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;
    auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;
    vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;
    5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;
    ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;
    6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;
    faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);
    aðili at sök = aðili sakar;
    7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;
    hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;
    mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;
    tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;
    kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;
    8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;
    Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);
    þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;
    hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;
    9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);
    at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;
    at landslögum, by the law of the land;
    at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;
    10) in adverbial phrases;
    gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;
    bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;
    at fullu, fully;
    at vísu, surely;
    at frjálsu, freely;
    at eilífu, for ever and ever;
    at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;
    at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;
    at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.
    B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);
    sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;
    at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;
    connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;
    at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.
    1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;
    at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;
    2) in an objective sense;
    hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;
    gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;
    3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).
    1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;
    hón grét at meir, she wept the more;
    þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;
    þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;
    2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);
    þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;
    sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.
    conj., that;
    1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;
    þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;
    vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;
    2) relative to svá, denoting proportion, degree;
    svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;
    3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);
    4) since, because, as (= því at);
    5) connected with þó, því, svá;
    þó at (with subj.), though, although;
    því at, because, for;
    svá at, so that;
    6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;
    þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;
    þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;
    áðr at (= á. en), before;
    7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;
    Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;
    in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.
    V)
    negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.
    odda at, Yggs at, battle.
    * * *
    1.
    and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is (); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.
    Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.
    WITH DAT.
    A. LOC.
    I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:
    1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.
    2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.
    3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)
    4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.
    5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.
    β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.
    6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.
    β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.
    γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.
    7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.
    β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.
    8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.
    β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.
    II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.
    2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.
    3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:
    α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.
    β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.
    γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.
    4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.
    5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.
    6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.
    β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.
    γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.
    7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.
    B. TEMP.
    I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.
    II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.
    β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.
    III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:
    1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,
    2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.
    IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:
    1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.
    2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.
    3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.
    V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.
    2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.
    C. METAPH. and in various cases:
    I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:
    α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.
    β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.
    II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.
    2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.
    III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.
    IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.
    2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)
    3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.
    4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.
    5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.
    6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.
    β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.
    V. denoting the source of a thing:
    1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.
    2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.
    VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.
    VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.
    VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.
    β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.
    IX. following many words:
    1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.
    β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …
    γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.
    δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.
    2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.
    3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.
    WITH ACC.
    TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.
    ☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.
    2.
    and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.
    I. it is used either,
    1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,
    2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.
    β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).
    3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.
    II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:
    α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.
    β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.
    γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.
    δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.
    ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.
    ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.
    η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.
    θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.
    3.
    and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.
    I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.
    II. it is used,
    1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.
    2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.
    β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.
    γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.
    III. used in connection with conjunctions,
    1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.
    α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yetthough, Lat. attamenetsi, K. Þ. K.
    β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.
    γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.
    2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.
    IV. as a relat. conj.:
    1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.
    2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.
    V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.
    4.
    and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.
    5.
    n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.
    β. a fight or bait of wild animals, esp. of horses, v. hesta-at and etja.
    6.
    the negative verbal suffix, v. -a.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AT

  • 8 nombreux

    nombreux, -euse [nɔ̃bʀø, øz]
    adjective
    many ; [foule, assistance, collection] large
    nombreux furent ceux qui... there were many who...
    venez nombreux ! all welcome!
    * * *
    - euse nɔ̃bʀø, øz adjectif
    1) ( important) [population, collection] large
    2) ( en grand nombre) many (épith)
    * * *
    nɔ̃bʀø, øz adj (-euse)
    1) (avec nom pl) many, numerous

    Il a gagné de nombreux matchs. — He's won many matches.

    peu nombreux (spectateurs, clients) — not many, few

    Nous étions peu nombreux à la réunion. — There weren't many of us at the meeting.

    2) (avec nom sg) large
    * * *
    nombreux, - euse adj
    1 ( important) [communauté, population, collection] large; la foule était nombreuse there was a large ou vast crowd;
    2 ( en grand nombre) many ( épith); de nombreux spectateurs/accidents many ou numerous spectators/accidents; de nombreuses personnalités étaient présentes there were many ou numerous personalities present; l'usine ne sera pas mise en service avant de nombreuses années it will be many years before the factory is put into operation; nous étions très nombreux there were a great many of us; ils étaient peu nombreux there were only a few of them, there weren't many of them; ils étaient nombreux à ignorer la date de la réunion many of them didn't know the date of the meeting; ils ont répondu nombreux à l'appel numerous ou a great many people responded to the appeal; les clients/candidats étaient nombreux there were a lot of customers/candidates; les clients étaient peu nombreux there weren't many customers; les touristes sont de plus en plus/de moins en moins nombreux there are more and more/fewer and fewer tourists; les admirateurs étaient venus nombreux crowds of fans had come; les clients étaient moins/plus nombreux qu'hier there were fewer/more customers than yesterday; ils arrivent toujours plus nombreux they are arriving in ever greater numbers; les touristes deviennent trop nombreux the number of tourists is becoming excessive; dans de nombreux cas in many ou numerous cases.
    ( féminin nombreuse) [nɔ̃brø, øz] adjectif
    1. [comportant beaucoup d'éléments]
    2. [en grand nombre] many, numerous
    les fumeurs sont de moins en moins nombreux there are fewer and fewer smokers, the number of smokers is decreasing

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > nombreux

  • 9 случай

    м.
    case; event

    в большинстве случаев — in the majority of cases, in most cases

    в случае необходимости — if required, if necessary

    во всех случаях — in all cases, in all instances

    во многих случаях — in many cases, in many instances

    в отдельных случаях — in some cases, in some instances

    мы будем рассматривать лишь тот случай, который... — we shall only consider the case which...

    - бесконечномерный случай
    - вырожденный случай
    - гипотетический случай
    - исключительный случай
    - конечномерный случай
    - лондоновский случай
    - неприводимый случай
    - нерелятивистский случай
    - несчастный случай со смертельным исходом
    - несчастный случай
    - обобщённый случай
    - общий случай
    - отдельный случай
    - пиппардовский случай
    - предельный случай
    - релятивистский случай
    - случай неупругого рассеяния
    - случай упругого рассеяния
    - трёхмерный случай
    - ультрарелятивистский случай
    - частный случай

    Русско-английский физический словарь > случай

  • 10 HAFA

    * * *
    (hefi; hafða, höfðum; hafðr), v.
    1) to have (þeir höfðu sjau skip ok flest stór);
    hafa elda, to keep up a five;
    2) to hold, celebrate (hafa vinaboð, blót, þing);
    3) to keep, retain (rifu þær vefinn í sundr, ok hafði hverr þat er hélt á);
    4) to use (tvau net eru rý, ok hafa eigi höfð verit);
    orð þau sem hann hafði um haft, which he had made use of;
    hafa fagrmæli við e-n, to flatter one;
    hafa hljóðmæli við e-n, to speak secretly to one;
    hafa tvimæli á e-u, to speak doubtfully of a thing;
    hafa viðrmæli um e-t, to use mocking words;
    hann var mjök hafðr við mál manna, much used to, versed in, lawsuits;
    5) to have, hold, maintain;
    hafa vináttu við e-n, to maintain friendship with one;
    hafa hættumikit, to run a great risk;
    hafa heilindi, to have good health;
    6) to bring, carry;
    hafa e-n heim með sér, to bring one home;
    hann hafði lög, út hingat ór Noregi, he brought laws hither from Norway;
    hafa sik (to betake oneself) til annara landa;
    7) to take, carry off;
    troll hafi þik, the trolls take thee;
    8) to get, gain, win;
    hann hafði eigi svefn, he got no sleep;
    hefir sá jafnan, er hættir, he wins that ventures;
    hafa gagn, sigr, to gain victor;
    hafa meira hlut, to get the upper hand, gain the day;
    hafa sitt mál, to win one’s suit;
    hafa tafl, to win the game;
    hafa erendi, to do one’s errand, succeed;
    hafa bana, to suffer death, to die;
    hafa sigr, to be worsted;
    hafa góðar viðtökur, to be well received;
    hafa tíðindi af e-m, to get tidings of, or from, one;
    hafa sœmd, óvirðing af e-m, to get honour, disgrace from one;
    with gen., hafa e-s ekki, to fail to catch one (hann kemst á skóg undan, ok höfðu þeir hans ekki);
    ekki munu vér hans hafa at sinni, we shall not catch him at present;
    9) to wear carry (clothes, weapons);
    hann hafði blán kyrtil, he wore a blue kirtle;
    hafa kylfu í hendi sér, to have a club in one’s hand;
    10) to behave, do, or fare, so an so esp. with an adv.;
    hafa vel, illa, vetr, to behave (do) well, badly, be worse;
    hafa sik vel, to behave;
    11) with infin., hafa at varðveita, to have in keeping at selja, to have on sale;
    lög hafið þér at mæla, you are right;
    12) hafa e-n nær e-u, to expose one to (þú hafðir svá nær haft oss úfœru);
    hafa nær e-u, to come near to, esp. impers.;
    nær hafði okkr nú, it was a narrow escape;
    svá nær hafði hausinum, at, the shot so nearly touched the head, that;
    ok er nær hafði, skipit mundi fljóta, when the ship was on the point of flloating;
    13) as an auxiliary verb, in the earliest time with the pp. of transitive verbs in acc.;
    hefir þú hamar um fólginn, hast thou hidden the hammer?;
    ek hefi sendan mann, I have sent a man;
    later with indecl. neut. pp.;
    hefir þú eigi sét mik, hast thou not seen me?;
    14) with preps.:
    hafa e-t at, to do, act;
    hann tók af þér konuna, en þú hafðir ekki at, but thou didst not stir, didst take it tamely;
    absol., viltu þess freista, ok vita hvat at hafi, wilt thou try and see what happens?;
    hafa e-t at hlífiskildi (skotspœni), to use as a shield (as a target);
    hafa e-n háði, hlátri, to mock, laugh at;
    hafa e-t at engu, vettugi, to hold for naught, take no notice of;
    hafa sakir á e-n have charges against one;
    hafa á rás, to take to one’s heels, run off;
    hafa e-t fram, to produce (vápn þorgils vóru fram höfð); to carry out, hold forth;
    hafa mál fram, to proceed with a suit;
    var um búit, ekki fram haft, all was made ready but nothing done;
    hafa e-t frammi, í frammi, to use, make use of (hafa í frammi kúgan);
    ok öll lögmæt skil frammi hafa, and discharge all on official duties;
    hafa e-t fyrir satt, to hold for true;
    eigi em ek þar fyrir sönnu hafðr, I am not truly aimed for that, it is a false charge;
    hafa e-n fyrir sökum um e-t, to charge one with;
    hafa í hótum við e-n, to threaten one;
    hafa e-t með höndum, to have in hand;
    höfum eiai sigrinn ór hendi, let not victory slip out of our hands;
    hafa ór við e-n, to behave so and so towards one (hefir þú illa ór haft við mik);
    hafa e-t til e-s to use for (höfðu þeir til varnar skot ok spjót); to be a reason or ground for;
    vér hyggjum þat til þess haft vera, at þar hafi menn sézt, we believe the foundation of the story is that men have been seen there;
    hafa mikit (lítit) til síns máls, to have much (little) in support of one’s case;
    hafa e-t til, to have at hand, possess;
    orð þau, sem hann hafði um haft, the words which he had used;
    keisari hafði fátt um, did not say much;
    hafa e-n undir, to get one under, subdue one;
    hafa e-t uppi, to take (heave) up (hafa uppi fœri, net);
    Skarpheðinn hafði uppi øxina, S. heaved up the axe;
    hafa flokk uppi, to raise a party, to rebel;
    hafa uppi tafl, to play at a game;
    hafa e-n uppi, to bring one to light;
    hafa uppi rœður, to begin a discussion;
    hafa e-t úti, to have done, finished (hafa úti sitt dagsverk);
    hafa við e-m, to be a match for one;
    hafa sik við, to exert oneself;
    hafa mikit (lítit) við, to make a great (little) display;
    hann söng messu ok bafði mikit við, and made much of it;
    hann bad jarl leita, bann hafði lítit við þat, he did it lightly;
    haf ekki slíkt við, do not say so;
    haf þú lítit við at eggja sonu þina, refrain from egging on thy sons;
    15) refl., hafast.
    * * *
    pret. hafði; subj. hefði; pres. sing. hefi (less correctly hefir), hefir, hefir; plur. höfum, hafit, hafa: the mod. pres. sing. is monosyllabic hefr or hefur, and is used so in rhymes—andvara engan hefur | … við glys heims gálaus sefur, Pass. 15. 6, but in print the true old form hefir is still retained; the monosyllabic present is used even by old writers in the 1st pers. before the personal or negative suffix, e. g. hef-k and hef-k-a ek for hefi-g and hefig-a ek, see e. g. Grág. (Kb.) 79, 82, in the old oath formula, hef-k eigi, Hallfred; hef ek, Fms. iii. 10 (in a verse); but not so in 3rd pers., e. g. hefir-a or hefir-at, Grág. l. c.: imperat. haf, hafðu: part. pass. hafðr, neut. haft;—hafat is an απ. λεγ., Vsp. 16, and is prob. qs. hafit from hefja, to heave, lift: [Ulf. haban; A. S. habban; Engl. have; Hel. hebben; Germ. haben; Dutch hebben; Dan. have, Swed. hafva: it is curious the Lat. form habere retains the consonant unchanged, cp. the Romance forms, Ital. avere, Fr. avoir, Span. haber, etc. ☞ Hafa is a weak verb, and thus distinguished from hefja (to lift, begin), which is a strong verb, answering to Lat. capere, incipere; but in sundry cases, as will be seen below, it passes into the sense of this latter word; as also in some instances into that of another lost strong verb, hafa, hóf, to behave, and hœfa, to hit]:—to have.
    A. To have; hann hafði með sér ekki meira lið, Fms. i. 39; hafði hverr hirð um sik, 52; höfðu þeir áttján skip, viii. 42; Sverrir hafði tvau hundrað manna, … þeir höfðu annan samnað á landi, 328; hann hafði mikit lið ok frítt, x. 36; þeir höfðu sjau skip ok flest stór, 102; hafa fjölmennar setur, Eb. 22; hann hafði menn sína í síldveri, Eg. 42; mun ek naut hafa þar sem mér þykkir hagi beztr, 716.
    II. to hold:
    1. to keep, celebrate; hafa ok halda, Dipl. i. 6; hafa átrúnað, 10; hafa dóma, 12; hafa blót, Fms. iv. 254; hafa vina-veizlu, id.; hafa vina-boð, Nj. 2; hafa Jóla-boð, Eg. 516; hafa þing, Fms. ix. 449; hafa haust-boð, Gísl. 27; hafa drykkju, Eb. 154; hafa leik, Fms. x. 201, passim.
    2. to hold, observe; hlýðir þat hvergi at hafa eigi lög í landi, Nj. 149; skal þat hafa, er stendr …, Grág. i. 7; skal þat allt hafa er finsk á skrá þeirri …, id.; en hvatki es mis-sagt es í fræðum þessum, þá es skylt at hafa þat (to keep, hold to be true) es sannara reynisk, Íb. 3; ok hafða ek (I kept, selected) þat ór hvárri er framarr greindi, Landn. 320, v. l.
    3. to hold, keep, retain; ef hann vill hafa hann til fardaga, Grág. i. 155; skal búandinn hafa hann hálfan mánuð, 154; ok hafði hvárr þat er hélt á, Nj. 279; hitt skal hafa er um fram er, Rb. 56; kasta í burt þrjátigi ok haf þat sem eptir verðr, 494.
    4. to hold an office; hafa lögsögu, to hold the office of lögsaga, Íb. passim; hafa jarldóm, konungdóm, passim; þat höfðu haft at fornu Dana-konungar, Eg. 267; þér berit konunga-nöfn svá sem fyrr hafa haft ( have had) forfeðr yðrir, en hafit lítið af ríki, Fms. i. 52; hafa ríki, to reign, Hkr. pref.
    5. phrases, hafa elda, to keep a fire, cook, Fms. xi. 129; hafa fjárgæzlu, to tend sheep, Eg. 740; hafa embætti með höndum, Stj. 204; hafa gæzlur á e-u, Fms. ix. 313; hafa … vetr, to have so many winters, be of such an age (cp. Fr. avoir … ans), Íb. 15; margir höfðu lítið fátt þúsund ára, Ver. 7: hafa vörn í máli, Nj. 93; hafa e-t með höndum, to have in hand, Fms. viii. 280, ix. 239; hafa e-t á höndum, Grág. i. 38; hafa fyrir satt, to hold for true, Fms. xi. 10; hafa við orð, to intimate, suggest, Nj. 160; hafa e-t at engu, vettugi, to hold for naught, take no notice of, Fas. i. 318.
    6. with prepp. or infin.,
    α. with prep.; hafa til, to have, possess; ef annarr þeirra hefir til enn annarr eigi, þá er sá skyldr til at fá honum er til hefir, Grág. i. 33; ef annarr hefir til …, id.; þér ætlið at ek muna eigi afl til hafa, Ld. 28.
    β. with infin.; hafa at varðveita, to have in keeping, Eg. 500; lög hafit þér at mæla, you have the law on your tongue, i. e. you are right, Nj. 101; hörð tíðindi hefi ek at segja þér, 64; sá er gripinn hefir at halda, Grág. i. 438; hafa at selja, to have on sale, Ld. 28.
    III. to use; var haft til þess sker eitt, Eb. 12; þá höfðu þeir til varnar skot ok spjót, Fms. vii. 193; er þín ráð vóru höfð, that thy advice was taken, Fs. 57; Gríss hafði þessi ráð, Fms. iii. 21; ek vil at þat sé haft er ek legg til, x. 249; þykki mér þú vel hafa ( make good use of) þau tillög er ek legg fyrir þik, xi. 61; til þess alls er jarli þótti skipta, þá hafði hann þessa hluti, 129; tvau ný (net), ok hafa eigi höfð verit ( which have not been used), haf þú ( take) hvárt er þú vilt, Háv. 46; þær vil ek hafa enar nýju, en ek vil ekki hætta til at hafa enar fornu, id.; önnur er ný ok mikil ok hefir ( has) til einskis höfð ( used) verið, id.; buðkr er fyrir húslker er hafðr, Vm. 171; gjalda vápn þau er höfð eru, N. G. L. i. 75; þat hafði hann haft ( used) fyrir skála, Edda 29; þeir vóru hafðir til at festa með hús jafnan, Nj. 118; sá hólmr var hafðr til at …, Fms. i. 218; hann skyldi hafa hinn sama eið, x. 7; orð þau sem hann hafði ( had) um haft ( used), Nj. 56; orð þau er hann hafði ( made use of) í barnskírn, K. Þ. K. 14.
    2. more special phrases; hafa fagrmæli við e-n, to flatter one, Nj. 224; hafa hljóðmæli við e-n, to speak secretly to one, 223; allmikil fjölkyngi mun vera við höfð áðr svá fái gört, Edda 27; hafa mörg orð um e-t, Ld. 268; hafa tvímæli á e-u, to discuss, doubt, speak diffidently of a thing, Lv. 52; hafa viðrmæli um e-t, to use mocking words, Nj. 89; hafa nafn Drottins í hégóma, to take the Lord’s name in vain, Fms. i. 310; (hann var) mjök hafðr við mál manna, much used to, versed in lawsuits, Dropl. 8: hafa sik til e-s, to use oneself to a thing, i. e. to do a mean, paltry thing; þeir er til þess vilja hafa sik, at ganga í samkundur manna úboðit, Gþl. 200; ef hann vill sik til þessa hafa, Fms. i. 99: hafa sik við, to exert oneself; skaltú ok verða þik við at hafa um þetta mál, ef þú getr þat af þér fært, Grett. 160: hafa e-n at skotspæni, to use one as a target, Nj. 222; hafa e-n at hlífi-skildi sér, to use one as a shield, 262; hafa e-n at ginningar-fifli, auga-bragði, háði, hlátri, Hm. 133, Nj. 224, passim.
    IV. to have, hold, maintain, of a state or condition; hafa vináttu við e-n, to maintain friendship with one, Sks. 662; hafa vanmátt, to continue sick, Eg. 565; hafa hættu-mikit, to run a great risk, Nj. 149; hafa vitfirring, to be insane, Grág. i. 154; hafa heilindi, to have good health, 26, Hm. 67; hafa burði til e-s, to have the birthright to a thing. Eg. 479; hafa hug, áræði, hyggindi, to have the courage …, Hom. 28; hafa vit ( to know), skyn, greind … á e-u, to have understanding of a thing; hafa gaman, gleði, skemtun, ánægju af e-u, to have interest or pleasure in a thing; hafa leiða, ógeð, andstygð, hatr, óbeit á e-u, to dislike, be disgusted with, hate a thing; hafa elsku, mætr, virðing á e-u, to love, esteeem … a thing; hafa allan hug á e-u, to bend the mind to a thing; hafa grun á e-m, to suspect one; hafa ótta, beyg af e-u, to fear a thing; and in numberless other phrases.
    2. with prepp.:
    α. hafa e-t frammi (fram), to carry out, hold forth; hafa frammi róg, Nj. 166; hafa mál fram, to proceed with a suit, 101; stefnu-för, 78; heitstrengingar, Fms. xi. 103; ok öll lögmælt skil frammi hafa, and discharge all one’s official duties, 232; var um búit en ekki fram haft, all was made ready, but nothing done, viii. 113; beini má varla verða betri en hér er frammi hafðr, xi. 52; hafðú í frammi ( use) kúgan við þá uppi við fjöllin, Ísl. ii. 215; margir hlutir, þó at hann hafi í frammi, Sks. 276.
    β. hafa mikit, lítið fyrir e-u, to have much, little trouble about a thing; (hence fyrir-höfn, trouble.)
    γ. hafa við e-m (afl or the like understood), to be a match for one, Fms. vii. 170, Lv. 109, Nj. 89, Eg. 474, Anal. 176; hafa mikit, lítið við, to make a great, little display; (hence við-höfn, display, pomp); hann söng messu ok hafði mikit við, he sang mass and made a great thing of it, Nj. 157; þú hefir mikit við, thou makest a great show of it, Boll. 351; hann bað jarl leita, hann hafði lítið við þat, he did it lightly, Nj. 141; haf ekki slíkt við, do not say so, Ld. 182.
    B. To take, carry off, win, wield, [closely akin to Lat. capere]:
    I. to catch, take, esp. in the phrase, hafa ekki e-s, to miss one; hann kemsk á skóg undan, ok höfðu þeir hans ekki, he took to the forest and they missed him, Nj. 130; ekki munu vér hans hafa at sinni, we sha’nt catch him at present, Fms. vi. 278; hafða ek þess vætki vífs, Hm. 101; þeygi ek hana at heldr hefik, 95: in swearing, tröll, herr, gramir hafi þik, the trolls, ghosts, etc. take thee! tröll hafi líf, ef …, Kormak; tröll hafi Trefót allan! Grett. (in a verse); tröll hafi þína vini, tröll hafi hól þitt, Nj.; herr hafi Þóri til slægan, confound the wily Thorir! Fms. vi. 278, v. l. (emended, as the phrase is wrongly explained in Fms. xii. Gloss.); gramir hafi þik! vide gramr.
    II. to carry, carry off, bring; hafði einn hjartað í munni sér, one carried the heart off in his mouth, Nj. 95; hann hafði þat ( brought it) norðan með sér, Eg. 42; hafði Þórólfr heim marga dýrgripi, 4; hann hafði með sér skatt allan, 62; skaltú biðja hennar ok hafa hana heim hingat, Edda 22; fé þat er hann hafði ( had) út haft ( carried from abroad), Gullþ. 13; á fimm hestum höfðu þeir mat, Nj. 74; bókina er hann hafði ( had) út haft, Fms. vii. 156; konungr hafði biskup norðr til Björgynjar með sér, viii. 296; biskup lét hann hafa með sér kirkju-við ok járn-klukku, Landn. 42; hann hafði með sér skulda-lið sitt ok búferli, Eb. 8; hann tók ofan hofit, ok hafði með sér flesta viðu, id.; ok hafa hana í brott, Fms. i. 3; tekr upp barnit, ok hefir heim með sér, Ísl. ii. 20; hann hafði lög út hingat ór Noregi, he brought laws hither from Norway, Íb. 5; haf þú heim hvali til bæjar, Hým. 26; ok hafa hann til Valhallar, Nj. 119.
    III. to take, get; hann hafði þá engan mat né drykk, he took no food nor drink, Eg. 602; hann hafði eigi svefn, he got no sleep, Bs. i. 139.
    2. to get, gain, win; öfluðu sér fjár, ok höfðu hlutskipti mikit, Eg. 4; eigi þarftú at biðja viðsmjörs þess, þvíat hann mun þat alls ekki hafa, né þú, for neither he nor thou shall get it, Blas. 28; jarl vill hafa minn fund, he will have a meeting with me, 40, Skv. 1. 4: the sayings, hefir sá jafnan er hættir, he wins that risks, ‘nothing venture, nothing have,’ Hrafn. 16; sá hefir krás er krefr, Sl. 29.
    3. phrases, hafa meira hlut, to get the better lot, gain the day, Nj. 90, Fms. xi. 93; hafa gagn, sigr, to gain victory, ix. 132, Eg. 7, Hkr. i. 215, Ver. 38; hafa betr, to get the better; hafa verr, miðr, to have the worst of it, Fms. v. 86, Þorst. S. St. 48, passim; hafa mál sitt, to win one’s suit, Grág. i. 7, Fms. vii. 34; hafa kaup öll, to get all the bargain, Eg. 71; hafa tafl, to win the game, Fms. vii. 219; hafa erendi, to do one’s errand, succeed, Þkv. 10, 11, Fas. ii. 517: hafa bana, to have one’s bane, to die, Nj. 8; hafa úsigr, to be worsted, passim; hafa úfrið, to have no peace; hafa gagn, sóma, heiðr, neisu, óvirðing, skömm, etc. af e-u, to get profit, gain, honour, disgrace, etc. from a thing; hafa e-n í helju, to put one to death, Al. 123; hafa e-n undir, to get one under, subdue him, Nj. 95, 128; höfum eigi, sigrinn ór hendi, let not victory slip out of our hands, Fms. v. 294.
    4. to get, receive; hann hafði góðar viðtökur, Nj. 4; hón skal hafa sex-tigi hundraða, 3; skyldi Högni hafa land, 118; selja skipit, ef hann hafði þat fyrir ( if he could get for it) sem hann vildi; Flosi spurði í hverjum aurum hann vildi fyrir hafa, hann kvaðsk vildu fyrir hafa land, 259; hafa tíðindi, sögur af e-m, to have, get tidings of or from one, Ld. 28; hafa sæmd, metorð óvirðing, to get honour, disgrace from one’s hands, Nj. 101; hafa bætr, to get compensation, Grág. i. 188; hafa innstæðuna eina, id.; hafa af e-m, to have the best of one, cheat one.
    IV. to carry, wear, of clothes, ornaments, weapons:
    1. of clothes, [cp. Lat. habitus and Icel. höfn = gear]; hafa hatt á höfði, Ld. 28; hafa váskufl yztan klæða, … þú skalt hafa undir ( wear beneath) hin góðu klæði þín, Nj. 32; hann hafði blán kyrtil, … hann hafði svartan kyrtil, Boll. 358; hafa fald á höfði, to wear a hood; hón hafði gaddan rautt á höfði, Orkn. 304; hann hafði um sik breitt belti, he wore a broad belt, Nj. 91; hafa fingr-gull á hendi, 146: to have about one’s person, vefja saman ok hafa í pungi sínum, Edda 27; hlutir sem mönnum var títt at hafa, Fms. xi. 128.
    2. of weapons, to wield, carry; spjót þat er þú hefir í hendi, Boll. 350; hafa kylfu í hendi sér, to have a club in one’s hand, Fms. xi. 129; hafa staf í hendi, to have a stick in the hand, Bárð.; Gunnarr hafði atgeirinn ok sverðit, Kolskeggr hafði saxit, Hjörtr hafði alvæpni, Nj. 93; hann hafdi öxi snaghyrnda, Boll. 358; hann hafði kesjuna fyrir sér, he held the lance in rest, Eg. 532.
    V. here may be added a few special phrases; hafa hendr fyrir sér, to grope, feel with the hands (as in darkness); hafa vit fyrir sér, to act wisely; hafa at sér hendina, to draw one’s hand back, Stj. 198; hafa e-t eptir, to do or repeat a thing after one, Konr.; hafa e-t yfir, to repeat (of a lesson): hafa sik, to betake oneself; hafa sik til annarra landa, Grett. 9 new Ed.; hann vissi varla hvar hann átti at hafa sik, he knew not where ( whither) to betake himself, Bs. i. 807; hefir hann sik aptr á stað til munklífisins, Mar.
    C. Passing into the sense of hefja (see at the beginning); hafa e-t uppi, to heave up, raise; hafa flokk uppi, to raise a party, to rebel, Fb. ii. 89: hafa uppi færi, net, a fisherman’s term, to heave up, take up the net or line, Háv. 46; Skarphéðinn hafði uppi ( heaved up) öxina, Nj. 144: hafa uppi tafl, to play at a game, Vápn. 29; þar vóru mjök töfl uppi höfð ok sagna-skemtan, Þorf. Karl. 406, v. l.: hafa e-n uppi, to hold one up, bring him to light; svá máttu oss skjótast uppi hafa, Fær. 42: metaph. to reveal, vándr riddari hafði allt þegar uppi, Str. 10.
    2. with the notion to begin; Bárðr hafði uppi orð sín ( began his suit) ok bað Sigríðar, Eg. 26, Eb. 142; hafa upp stefnu, to begin the summons, Boll. 350; hafa upp ræður, to begin a discussion; ræður þær er hann hafði uppi haft við Ingigerði, Fms. iv. 144, where the older text in Ó. H. reads umræður þær er hann hafði upp hafit (from hefja), 59; cp. also Vsp., þat langniðja-tal mun uppi hafat (i. e. hafit) meðan öld lifir, 16, (cp. upp-haf, beginning); þó at ek hafa síðarr um-ræðu um hann, better þó at ek hafa (i. e. hefja) síðarr upp ræðu um hann, though I shall below treat of, discuss that, Skálda (Thorodd) 168; er lengi hefir uppi verit haft síðan (of a song), Nj. 135; cp. also phrases such as, hafa á rás, to begin running, take to one’s heels, Fms. iv. 120, ix. 490; næsta morgin hefir út fjörðinn, the next morning a breeze off land arose, Bs. ii. 48: opp. is the phrase, hafa e-t úti, to have done, finished; hafa úti sitt dags-verk, Fms. xi. 431; hafa úti sekt sína, Grett. 149.
    D. Passing into the sense of a lost strong verb, hafa, hóf (see at the beginning), to behave, do, act:
    I. with an adverb, hafa vel, ílla, or the like, to behave, and in some instances to do well or badly, be happy or unhappy,
    α. to behave; en nú vil ek eigi verr hafa en þú, Fms. iv. 342; þeir sögðu at konungr vildi verr hafa en þeir, 313; hefir þú ílla ór (málum or the like understood) haft við mik, Fs. 140; ólikr er Gísli öðrum í þolinmæði, ok hefir hann betr en vér, Gísl. 28.
    β. to do so and so (to be happy, unhappy); verr hafa þeir er trygðum slitu, Mkv. 3; ílla hefir sá er annan svíkr, 18; vel hefir sá er þat líða lætr, 6; vel hefir sá ( he is happy) er eigi bíðr slíkt íllt þessa heims, Fms. v. 145; hvílíkt hefir þú, how dost thou? Mar.; hafa hart, to do badly, to be wretched; at sál Þorgils mætti fyrir þær sakir eigi hart hafa, Sturl. iii. 292, Mar.; Ólafr hafði þá hölzti ílla, O. was very poorly, D. N. ii. 156; þykisk sá bezt hafa ( happiest) er fyrstr kemr heim, Fms. xi. 248; þá hefir hann bazt af hann þegir, i. e. that is the best he can do if he holds his tongue, Hm. 19; þess get ek at sá hafi verr ( he will make a bad bargain) er þik flytr, Nj. 128; úlfgi hefir ok vel, the wolf is in a bad plight, Ls. 39; mun sá betr hafa er eigi tekr við þér, id.; betr hefðir þú, ef …, thou wouldest do better, if …, Akv. 16.
    γ. adding sik; hafa sik vel, to behave well, Fms. x. 415, Stj. 436.
    II. with the prep. at, to do, act, (hence at-höfn, at-hæfi, act, doing); hann lét ekki til búa vígs-málit ok engan hlut at hafa, Nj. 71; en ef þeim þykkir of lítið féit tekit, þá skulu þeir hafa at hit sama, to act in the same way, Grág. ii. 267; hvatki es þeir hafa at, Fms. xi. 132; hann tók af þér konuna, en þú hafðir ekki at, but thou didst not stir, didst take it tamely, Nj. 33; bæði munu menn þetta kalla stórvirki ok íllvirki, en þó má nú ekki at hafa, but there is no help for it, 202; eigi sýnisk mér meðal-atferðar-leysi, at vér höfum eigi at um kvámur hans, i. e. that we submit tamely to his coming, Fs. 32: absol., viltú þess freista, ok vita þá hvat at hafi, wilt thou try and see how it will do? Bjarn. 27; en nú skaltú fara fyrir, ok vita hvat at hafi, Bs. i. 712.
    III. phrases, hafa hátt, to be noisy, talk loud, Fms. i. 66; við skulum ekki hafa hátt ( do not cry loud) hér er maðr á glugganum, a lullaby song; hafa lágt, to keep silent; hafa hægt, to keep quiet; hafa sik á (í) hófi, to compose oneself, Ls. 36; hafa í hótum við e-n, to use threatening ( foul) language, Fb. i. 312; hafa í glett við e-n, to banter one, Fms. viii. 289; hafa íllt at verki, to do a bad deed, Ísl. ii. 184.
    E. Passing into the sense of the verb hæfa (see at the beginning), to aim at, hit, with dat.:
    I. to hit; svá nær hafði hausinum, at …, the shot so nearly hit the head, that …, Fms. ii. 272; þat sama forað, sem henni hafði næst váða, those very precipices from which she had so narrow an escape, Bs. i. 200, Fms. ix. 357; nær hafði nú, at skjótr mundi verða okkarr skilnaðr, Al. 124; nær hafði okkr nú, it struck near us, it was a narrow escape, Fms. viii. 281; kvaðsk svá dreymt hafa ( have dreamed), at þeim mundi nær hafa, ix. 387, v. l.; ok er nær hafði at skipit mundi fljóta, when the ship was on the point of floating, Ld. 58; ok hafði svá nær (it was within a hair’s breadth), at frændr Þorvalds mundu ganga at honum, Nj. 160; ok hafði svá nær at þeir mundi berjask, Íb. 11, cp. Bs. i. 21: the phrase, fjarri hefir, far from it! Edda (in a verse).
    2. to charge; eigi em ek þar fyrir sönnu hafðr, I am not truly aimed at for that, ‘tis a false charge, Eg. 64; þeim manni er fyrir sökum er hafðr, i. e. the culprit, Grág. i. 29; cp. the mod. phrase, hafa á e-u, to make a charge of a thing; það varð ekki á því haft, they could not make a case for a charge of it.
    II. metaph. to be the ground or reason for, (hence til-hæfa, reason, fact, foundation); til þess ætla vitrir menn þat haft at Ísland sé Tile (i. e. Thule) kallað, at …, learned men suppose that is the reason that Iceland is called Thule, that …, Landn. (pref.); mikit mun til haft, er einmæli er um (there must be some reason for it, because all people say so), Þorgils segir, eigi er fyrir haft ( there is no ground whatever for it), at ek mæla betr fyrir griðum en aðrir menn, Ísl. ii. 379; vér hyggjum þat til þess haft vera, at þar hafi menn sésk, we believe the substance of the story is that men have been seen there, Fms. xi. 158; hvat er til þess haft um þat (what is the truth of the matter?), hefir sundr-þykki orðit með ykkr? Boll. 364: in the saying, hefir hverr til síns ágætis nokkut, every one gets his reputation for something, Nj. 115.
    2. to happen, coincide; hefir svá til, at hann var þar sjálfr, Fms. xi. 138, v. l.
    β. the phrase, hafa mikit (lítið) til síns máls, to have much ( little) reason for one’s tale, i. e. to be much, little, in the right, Fms. vii. 221, xi. 138 (v. l.), Nj. 88: um þenna hefir svá stórum, it matters so much with this man, (v. l. for mun stórum skipta), Fms. xi. 311.
    F. REFLEX. to keep, dwell, abide, but only of a temporary shelter or abode, cp. Lat. habitare, (cp. also höfn, a haven); hann hefsk á náttartíma niðri í vötnum, at night-time he keeps down in the water, Stj. 77: to live, þeir höfðusk mjök í kaupferðum, they spent much of their life in travelling, Hkr. i. 276; hann hafðisk löngum í bænum, Bs. i. 353.
    β. with prep. við; hér mun ek við hafask ( I will stay here) en þú far til konungs, Fb. ii. 125; hafðisk hann við á skógum eðr í öðrum fylgsnum, 302; því at hann hafðisk þá á skipum við, Fms. viii. 44; hvílsk heldr ok hafsk við í því landi, rest and stay in that land, Stj. 162; Ásgeirr hafðisk við uppi í dalnum, Sd. 154; hafask lind fyrir, to cover oneself with a shield (?), Vsp. 50; hafask hlífar fyrir, to be mailed in armour, Hkm. 11.
    2. hafask at, to do, behave (cp. D. above); vóru þeir þá svá móðir, at þeir máttu ekki at hafask, Fms. ii. 149; en síðan skulut þér at hafa slíkt sem ek kann fyrir segja, i. 158; þat eitt munu við at hafask, at ek mun betr göra en þú, Nj. 19; Lambi sá hvat Steinarr hafðisk at, Eg. 747.
    3. hafask vel, to do well, thrive; vaxa ok vel hafask, to wax and do well, Hm. 142; nú er þat bæn mín, at þér hafisk við vel, that you bear yourself well up, Fms. ix. 497; Jungfrúin hafðisk vel við í ferðinni, x. 86; at fé hans mundi eigi hafask at betr at meðal-vetri, Grág. ii. 326.
    4. recipr., hafask orð við, to speak to one another; ok er þat ósiðlegt, at menn hafisk eigi orð við, Fs. 14; þar til er þeir hafask réttar tölur við, N. G. L. i. 182.
    II. part. hafandi is used in the sense of having conceived, being with child; þá verit hann varr við at hón var hafandi, 656 B. 14; hón skyldi verða hafandi at Guðs syni, id.; generally, allt þat er hafanda var lét burð sinn ok ærðisk, Fms. vii. 187; svá sem hón verðr at honum hafandi, Stj. 178; (hence barns-hafandi, being with child.)
    G. The word hafa is in the Icel., as in other Teut. languages, used as an auxiliary verb with a part. pass. of another verb, whereby a compound preterite and pluperfect are formed as follows:
    I. in transitive verbs with acc. the participle also was put in acc., agreeing in gender, number, and case with the objective noun or pronoun; this seems to have been a fixed rule in the earliest time, and is used so in all old poems down at least to the middle of the 11th century, to the time of Sighvat (circ. A. D. 990–1040), who constantly used the old form,—átt is an apostrophe for átta in the verse Ó. H. 81:
    1. references from poets, Gm. 5, 12, 16; þá er forðum mik fædda höfðu, Vsp. 2; hverr hefði lopt lævi blandit eðr ætt jötuns Óðs mey gefna, 29; þær’s í árdaga áttar höfðu, 60: ek hafða fengna konungs reiði, Ad. 3; en Grjótbjörn um gnegðan hefir, 18; mik hefir marr miklu ræntan, Stor. 10; þó hefir Míms-vinr mér um fengnar bölva bætr, 22: gaupur er Haraldr hafi sveltar, Hornklofi: Loka mær hefir leikinn allvald, Ýt. 7; sá hafði borinn brúna-hörg, 14; jarlar höfðu veginn hann, 15: ek hef orðinn ( found) þann guðföðr (verða is here used as trans.), Hallfred; höfum kera framðan, id.: hann hefir litnar, sénar, hár bárur, Ísl. ii. 223, thus twice in a verse of A. D. 1002; göngu hefik of gengna, Korm. (in a verse); hann hafði farna för, Hkr. i. (Glum Geirason); ek hefi talðar níu orustur, Sighvat; þú hefir vanðan þik, id.; ér hafit rekna þá braut, Ó. H. 63 (Óttar Svarti); hann hefir búnar okkr hendr skrautliga, Sighvat (Ó. H. 13); þeir hafa færð sín höfuð Knúti, id.; hvar hafit ér hugðan mér sess, id.; hafa sér kenndan enn nørðra heims enda, id.; Sighvatr hefir lattan gram, id.; hefir þú hamar um fólginn, Þkv. 7, 8; þú hefir hvatta okkr, Gkv. 6; ek hefi yðr brennda, Am. 39, cp. 56; hefi ek þik minntan, 81; hefir þú hjörtu tuggin, Akv. 36; hefir þú mik dvalðan, Hbl. 51; ek hefi hafðar þrár, I have had throes, Fsm. 51; en ek hann görvan hef-k, svá hefi ek studdan, 12 (verse 13 is corrupt); hann hefir dvalða þik, Hkv. Hjörv. 29; lostna, 30; mik hefir sóttan meiri glæpr, 32; ek hefi brúði kerna, id.; þú hefir etnar úlfa krásir, opt sár sogin, Hkv. 1. 36; sá er opt hefir örnu sadda, 35; hefir þú kannaða koni óneisa, 23; þá er mik svikna höfðut, Skv. 3. 55; hann hafði getna sonu, Bkv. 8; þann sal hafa halir um görvan, Fm. 42; bróður minn hefir þú benjaðan, 25; er hann ráðinn hefir, 37; sjaldan hefir þú gefnar vargi bráðir, Eg. (in a verse).
    2. references from prose; this old form has since been turned into an indecl. neut. sing. part. -it. The old form was first lost in the strong verbs and the weak verbs of the first conjugation: in the earliest prose both forms are used, although the indecl. is more freq. even in the prose writers, as Íb., the Heiðarv. S., the Miracle-book in Bs., Njála, Ó. H., (Thorodd seems only to use the old form,) as may be seen from the following references, Björn hafði særða þrjá menn, Nj. 262; hann mundi hana hafa gipta honum, 47; hann hafði þá leidda saman hestana, 264: ek hefi sendan mann, Ísl. (Heiðarv. S.) ii. 333; ek nefi senda menn, id.: hafa son sinn ór helju heimtan, Bs. (Miracle-book) i. 337; en er þeir höfðu niðr settan sveininn, 349; hann hafði veidda fimm tegu fiska, 350: er þér hefir ílla neisu gorva, Ó. H. 107: þá hefi ek fyrri setta þá í stafrófi, Skálda (Thorodd) 161; þar hefi ek við görva þessa stafi fjóra, id.; hafa hann samsettan, 167: góða fylgd hefir þú mér veitta, Þorst Síðu H. 2: sagði, at Ólafr konungr hafði sendan hann, Bs. i. 11: Þyri, er hertogi hafði festa nauðga, Fms. x. 393 (Ágrip): hefi ek þá svá signaða ok magnaða, v. 236: hefir sólin gengna tvá hluti, en einn úgenginn, K. Þ. K. 92 (Lund’s Syntax, p. 12).
    β. again, neut. indecl., hana hafði átt fyrr Þoróddr, Ísl. ii. 192: hón hafði heimt húskarl sinn …, Ísl. (Heiðarv. S.) ii. 339; hann hefir ekki svá vel gyrt hest minn, 340; hefir þú eigi séð mik, 341; hve hann hafði lokkat hann. id.; gistingar hefi ek yðr fengit, 343: þeir höfðu haft úfrið ok orrostur, Íb. 12; hann hafði tekið lögsögu, 14: stafr er átt hafði Þorlákr, Bs. (Miracle-book) i. 340; er þær höfðu upp tekit ketilinn ok hafit …, 342; göngu es hann hafði gingit, 344; es sleggjuna hafði niðr fellt, 346; sem maðr hefði nýsett (hana) niðr, id.; jartein þá er hann þóttisk fingit hafa, 347; hafði prestrinn fært fram sveininn, 349: hjálm er Hreiðmarr hafði átt, Edda 73: hafa efnt sína heitstrenging, Fms. (Jómsv. S.) xi. 141: slíkan dóm sem hann hafði mér hugat, Ó. H. 176, etc. passim:—at last the inflexion disappeared altogether, and so at the present time the indecl. neut. sing. is used throughout; yet it remains in peculiar instances, e. g. konu hefi eg mér festa, Luke xiv. 20, cp. Vídal. ii. 21. ☞ This use of the inflexive part. pass. may often serve as a test of the age of a poem, e. g. that Sólarljóð was composed at a later date may thus be seen from verses 27, 64, 72, 73, 75, 79; but this test is to be applied with caution, as the MSS. have in some cases changed the true forms (-inn, -ann, and -it, -an being freq. abbreviated in the MSS. so as to render the reading dubious). In many cases the old form is no doubt to be restored, e. g. in vegit to veginn, Fm. 4, 23; búit to búinn, Hkv. Hjörv. 15; borit to borinn, Hkv. 1. 1; beðit to beðinn, Fsm. 48; orðit to orðin, Og. 23; roðit to roðinn, Em. 5; brotið to brotinn, Vkv. 24, etc.: but are we to infer from Ls. 23, 26, 33, that this poem is of a comparatively late age?
    II. the indecl. neut. sing. is, both in the earliest poems and down to the present day, used in the following cases:
    1. with trans. verbs requiring the dat. or gen.; ek hefi fengit e-s, hann hafði fengit konu; hafa hefnt e-s, Fms. xi. 25; sú er hafði beðit fjár, Þkv. 32; stillir hefir stefnt mér, Hkv. Hjörv. 33, and so in endless cases.
    2. in the reflex. part. pass.; þeir (hann) hafa (hefir) látisk, farisk, sagsk, etc.
    3. in part. of intrans. neut. verbs, e. g. þeir þær (hann, hón), hafa (hefir) setið, staðit, gengit, legit, farit, komit, verit, orðit, lifað, dáit, heitið …, also almost in every line both of prose and poetry.
    4. in trans. verbs with a neut. sing. in objective case the difference cannot be seen.
    ☞ The compound preterite is common to both the Romance and Teutonic languages, and seems to be older in the former than in the latter; Grimm suggests that it originated with the French, and thence spread to the Teutons. That it was not natural to the latter is shewn by the facts, that
    α. no traces of it are found in Gothic, nor in the earliest Old High German glossaries to Latin words.
    β. in the earliest Scandinavian poetry we can trace its passage from declinable to indeclinable.
    γ. remains are left in poetry of a primitive uncompounded preterite infinitive, e. g. stóðu = hafa staðit, mundu, skyldu, vildu, etc., see Gramm. p. xxv, col. 2. ☞ We may here note a curious dropping of the verb hefir, at ek em kominn hingat til lands, ok verit áðr ( having been) langa hríð utan-lands, Ó. H. 31, cp. Am. 52; barn at aldri, en vegit slíka hetju sem Þorvaldr var, Glúm. 382. On this interesting matter see Grimm’s remarks in his Gramm. iv. 146 sqq.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > HAFA

  • 11 verallgemeinern

    vt/i generalize; er verallgemeinert gern he likes to generalize
    * * *
    to generalize; to distribute
    * * *
    ver|all|ge|mei|nern [fɛɐ|algə'mainɐn] ptp verallgemeinert
    vti
    to generalize
    * * *
    1) (to make a general rule etc that can be applied to many cases, based on a number of cases: He's trying to generalize from only two examples.) generalize
    2) (to talk (about something) in general terms: We should stop generalizing and discuss each problem separately.) generalize
    3) (to make a general rule etc that can be applied to many cases, based on a number of cases: He's trying to generalize from only two examples.) generalise
    4) (to talk (about something) in general terms: We should stop generalizing and discuss each problem separately.) generalise
    * * *
    ver·all·ge·mei·nern *
    I. vt
    etw \verallgemeinern to generalize about sth
    II. vi to generalize
    * * *
    transitives, intransitives Verb generalize
    * * *
    verallgemeinern v/t & v/i generalize;
    er verallgemeinert gern he likes to generalize
    * * *
    transitives, intransitives Verb generalize
    * * *
    v.
    to generalise (UK) v.
    to generalize (US) v.
    to make generalizations expr.
    to universalise (UK) v.
    to universalize (US) v.

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > verallgemeinern

  • 12 intervenir

    v.
    1 to tap.
    El tipo interviene el proyecto The guy tap the project.
    2 to seize (incautarse de).
    La contraloría interviene a la empresa The comptroller audits the company.
    4 to take part.
    en la evolución de la economía intervienen muchos factores several different factors play a part in the state of the economy
    después del presidente intervino el Sr. Ramírez Mr Ramirez spoke after the president
    5 to intervene (interferir, imponer el orden).
    El juez interviene a veces The judge intervenes sometimes.
    6 to operate on, to perform surgery on, to make an intervention on.
    Te interviene el Dr. Pérez Dr. Perez makes an operation on you.
    7 to take over, to take control of, to take over the operation of.
    El socio interviene la empresa The associate takes over the operation of..
    8 to confiscate, to seize.
    La corte interviene sus bienes The court seized his belongings.
    * * *
    Conjugation model [ VENIR], like link=venir venir
    1 (tomar parte) to take part (en, in); (mediar) to intervene
    2 (interrumpir) to intervene
    3 (hablar) to speak (en, at)
    1 MEDICINA to operate on
    2 (alijo, mercancía) to seize
    3 (teléfono) to tap
    4 (cuentas) to audit
    * * *
    verb
    * * *
    1. VI
    1) (=tomar parte) to take part
    2) (=injerirse) to intervene
    3) (=mediar)

    el presidente intervino para que se pudiera llegar a un acuerdothe president mediated o interceded so that an agreement could be reached

    2. VT
    1) (=controlar) to take over, take control of

    la junta militar intervino todas las cadenas estatalesthe junta took over o took control of all the state-run channels

    el gobierno intervino a los ferroviariosthe government took over o took control of the railworkers' union

    2) (Com) [+ cuenta] to audit; [+ banco, empresa] to take into administration; [+ cuenta, bienes] to freeze
    3) (Med) to operate on
    4) [+ droga, armas, patrimonio, bienes] to confiscate, seize
    5) [+ teléfono] to tap
    * * *
    1.
    verbo intransitivo
    a) (en debate, operación) to take part; ( en espectáculo) to appear, perform
    b) ( mediar) to intervene, intercede (frml)
    c) ( tomar parte) to intervene
    2.
    1)
    a) < teléfono> to tap
    b) ( tomar control de) < empresa> to place... in administration
    c) ( inspeccionar) < cuentas> to audit, inspect
    d) <armas/droga> to seize, confiscate
    e) (AmL) <universidad/emisora> to take over the running of, take control of
    2) ( operar) to operate on
    * * *
    = go into, have + a hand in, step in, intervene, jump in, obtrude (into), cut in, mediate, intersect, come into + play, call into + play, wiretap [wire-tap], weigh in, chime in.
    Ex. As something you may or may not know, every item going into the processing stream is assigned a priority, and our judgment will in many cases be different from yours, as our needs will be different from yours.
    Ex. For the benefit of all users of the thesaurus who have not had a hand in its initial compilation some written record describing the anticipated use of the thesaurus is valuable.
    Ex. Furthermore, children can be misled by group influences into reading truly pernicious material (hard core ponography, for example) and when this happens adults have a clear responsibility to step in and do something about it.
    Ex. And again, this is a point at which the teacher may need to intervene to provide examples.
    Ex. The unhappy tendency among teachers -- an occupational neurosis -- is to jump in too early and too often, especially if the talk wanders from direct comments about books under consideration.
    Ex. The librarian will provide whatever help is required without obtruding into the process.
    Ex. 'I'm not sure what 'arbitrary and capricious' means,' Stanton cut in reasonably.
    Ex. School library media professionals who mediate in the learning experiences of students must be well informed critical thinkers.
    Ex. Contingency plans can be devised to intersect at several points on this time continuum.
    Ex. There are, of course, all sorts of other considerations which come into play in determining the income which a publisher might obtain from a book.
    Ex. Ethical principles are called into play when deliberating about values, particularly when values run into conflict.
    Ex. The implementation of this system would enable law enforcement agencies to wiretap all digital communication.
    Ex. If Division VIII is best positioned to weigh in on terminology, Division VIII should do so and the rest of us should follow that lead.
    Ex. A few members of this list have done this, so wait for them to chime in here.
    ----
    * intervenir con = chime in with.
    * intervenir en un conflicto = enter + conflict.
    * que intervienen = at play.
    * si no intervienen otros factores = ceteris paribus, all (other) things being equal.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo intransitivo
    a) (en debate, operación) to take part; ( en espectáculo) to appear, perform
    b) ( mediar) to intervene, intercede (frml)
    c) ( tomar parte) to intervene
    2.
    1)
    a) < teléfono> to tap
    b) ( tomar control de) < empresa> to place... in administration
    c) ( inspeccionar) < cuentas> to audit, inspect
    d) <armas/droga> to seize, confiscate
    e) (AmL) <universidad/emisora> to take over the running of, take control of
    2) ( operar) to operate on
    * * *
    = go into, have + a hand in, step in, intervene, jump in, obtrude (into), cut in, mediate, intersect, come into + play, call into + play, wiretap [wire-tap], weigh in, chime in.

    Ex: As something you may or may not know, every item going into the processing stream is assigned a priority, and our judgment will in many cases be different from yours, as our needs will be different from yours.

    Ex: For the benefit of all users of the thesaurus who have not had a hand in its initial compilation some written record describing the anticipated use of the thesaurus is valuable.
    Ex: Furthermore, children can be misled by group influences into reading truly pernicious material (hard core ponography, for example) and when this happens adults have a clear responsibility to step in and do something about it.
    Ex: And again, this is a point at which the teacher may need to intervene to provide examples.
    Ex: The unhappy tendency among teachers -- an occupational neurosis -- is to jump in too early and too often, especially if the talk wanders from direct comments about books under consideration.
    Ex: The librarian will provide whatever help is required without obtruding into the process.
    Ex: 'I'm not sure what 'arbitrary and capricious' means,' Stanton cut in reasonably.
    Ex: School library media professionals who mediate in the learning experiences of students must be well informed critical thinkers.
    Ex: Contingency plans can be devised to intersect at several points on this time continuum.
    Ex: There are, of course, all sorts of other considerations which come into play in determining the income which a publisher might obtain from a book.
    Ex: Ethical principles are called into play when deliberating about values, particularly when values run into conflict.
    Ex: The implementation of this system would enable law enforcement agencies to wiretap all digital communication.
    Ex: If Division VIII is best positioned to weigh in on terminology, Division VIII should do so and the rest of us should follow that lead.
    Ex: A few members of this list have done this, so wait for them to chime in here.
    * intervenir con = chime in with.
    * intervenir en un conflicto = enter + conflict.
    * que intervienen = at play.
    * si no intervienen otros factores = ceteris paribus, all (other) things being equal.

    * * *
    vi
    1 (en un debate) to take part; (en un espectáculo) to appear, perform; (en una operación) to take part
    2 (mediar) to intervene, intercede ( frml)
    intervino ante el director a nuestro favor she intervened o interceded on our behalf with the director
    en mi decisión han intervenido muchos factores many factors have had a bearing on my decision
    3 (involucrarse, inmiscuirse) to intervene, get involved
    no pensamos intervenir en los problemas internos de otros países we do not intend intervening o getting involved in the internal affairs of other countries
    los profesores tuvieron que intervenir en la pelea the teachers had to intervene to stop the fight
    no quiso intervenir en la pelea he didn't want to get involved in the fight
    ■ intervenir
    vt
    A
    1 ‹teléfono› to tap
    2 (tomar control de) ‹empresa› to place … in administration
    3 (inspeccionar) ‹cuentas› to audit, inspect
    4 ‹armas/droga› to seize, confiscate
    5 ( AmL) ‹universidad/emisora› to take over the running of, take control of
    B (operar) to operate on
    fue intervenido en una clínica privada he had his operation o he was operated on o he underwent surgery in a private clinic
    * * *

     

    intervenir ( conjugate intervenir) verbo intransitivo
    a) (en debate, operación) to take part;

    ( en espectáculo) to appear, perform


    intervenir en una pelea to intervene o step in to stop a fight;

    ( involucrarse) to get involved in a fight
    verbo transitivo
    1
    a) teléfono to tap

    b) ( tomar control de) ‹ empresato place … in administration


    d)armas/droga to seize, confiscate

    2 ( operar) to operate on;

    intervenir
    I vi (mediar) to intervene [en, in]
    (participar) to take part [en, in]: me gustaría intervenir en el debate, I'd like to take part in the debate
    II verbo transitivo
    1 (un alijo de droga, etc) to confiscate, to seize: la policía ha intervenido la droga en la frontera, the police seized the drugs at the border
    2 (bloquear una cuenta bancaria) to block o freeze: el juez ha intervenido su cuenta, the judge froze his bank account
    (auditar) to audit
    3 (un teléfono) to tap: me parece que la línea está intervenida, I think they put a tap on our phone
    4 Med (a un paciente) to operate on: le van a intervenir mañana a las nueve, they're performing her surgery tomorrow at nine o'clock
    ' intervenir' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    mediar
    - terciar
    English:
    intervene
    - join in
    - step in
    - interest
    - move
    - operate
    - step
    - tap
    * * *
    vt
    1. [operar]
    2. Com [cuentas] to audit
    3. [teléfono, línea] to tap;
    [correspondencia] to open
    4. [incautarse de] to seize
    5. Am [institución privada] to put into administration
    vi
    1. [participar] to take part (en in); [en pelea, discusión] to get involved (en in);
    intervino en varias películas cómicas she appeared in several comedy films;
    en la evolución de la economía intervienen muchos factores several different factors play a part in the state of the economy;
    después del presidente intervino el Sr. Ramírez Mr Ramirez spoke after the president;
    yo quisiera intervenir para decir que no estamos de acuerdo con la propuesta I would just like to say something: we do not agree with the proposal;
    ¿alguien más quisiera intervenir sobre esta cuestión? would anyone else like so say something on this issue?
    2. [interferir, imponer el orden] to intervene (en in);
    la policía tuvo que intervenir para separar a las dos aficiones the police had to intervene to separate the two groups of fans
    3. [mediar] to intervene, to intercede;
    su padre intervino ante su madre para que lo dejara salir his father spoke to his mother to persuade her to let him go out;
    la ONU intervino para lograr un acuerdo the UN intervened o interceded in order to get an agreement
    4. [operar]
    * * *
    I v/i intervene; en debate, congreso take part, participate; en película, espectáculo appear
    II v/t
    1 TELEC tap
    2 contrabando seize
    3 MED operate on
    * * *
    intervenir {87} vi
    1) : to take part
    2) interceder: to intervene, to intercede
    1) : to control, to supervise
    2) : to audit
    3) : to operate on
    4) : to tap (a telephone)
    * * *
    1. (interponerse) to intervene
    2. (tomar parte) to take part [pt. took; pp. taken]
    3. (operar) to operate on

    Spanish-English dictionary > intervenir

  • 13 FYRIR

    * * *
    prep.
    I. with dat.
    1) before, in front of (ok vóru fyrir honum borin merkin);
    fyrir dyrum, before the door;
    2) before one, in one’s presence;
    hón nefndist fyrir þeim Gunnhildr, she told them that her name was G.;
    3) for;
    hann lét ryðja fyrir þeim búðina, he had the booth cleared for them, for their reception;
    4) before one, in one’s way;
    fjörðr varð fyrir þeim, they came to a fjord;
    sitja fyrir e-m, to lie in wait for one;
    5) naut. term. before, off;
    liggja fyrir bryggjum, to lie off the piers;
    fyrir Humru-mynni, off the Humber;
    6) before, at the head of, over;
    vera fyrir liði, to be over the troops;
    vera fyrir máli, to lead the case;
    sitja fyrir svörum, to undertake the defence;
    7) of time, ago;
    fyrir þrem nóttum, three nights ago;
    fyrir stundu, a while ago;
    fyrir löngu, long ago;
    vera fyrir e-u, to forebode (of a dream);
    8) before, above, superior to;
    Hálfdan svarti var fyrir þeim brœðrum, H. was the foremost of the brothers;
    9) denoting disadvantige, harm, suffering;
    þú lætr Egil vefja öll mál fyrir þér, thou lettest E. thwart all thy affairs;
    tók at eyðast fyrir herm lausa-fé, her money began to fail;
    10) denoting obstacle, hindrance;
    mikit gøri þer mér fyrir þessu máli, you make this case hard for me;
    varð honum lítit fyrir því, it was a small matter for him;
    Ásgrími þótti þungt fyrir, A. thought that things looked bad;
    11) because of, for;
    hon undi sér hvergri fyrir verkjum, she had no rest for pains;
    fyrir hræðslu, for fear;
    illa fœrt fyrir ísum, scarcely, passable for ice;
    gáðu þeir eigi fyrir veiðum at fá heyjanna, because of fishing, they neglected to make hay;
    fyrir því at, because, since, as;
    12) against;
    gæt þín vel fyrir konungi ok hans mönnum, guard thee well against the king and his men;
    beiða griða Baldri fyrir alls konar háska, against all kinds of harm;
    13) fyrir sér, of oneself;
    mikill fyrir sér, strong, powerful;
    minnstr fyrir sér, smallest, weakest;
    14) denoting manner or quality, with;
    hvítr fyrir hærum, while with hoary hair;
    II. with acc.
    1) before, in front of;
    halda fyrir augu sér, to hold (one’s hands) before one’s eyes;
    2) before, into the presence of;
    stefna e-m fyrir dómstól, before a court;
    3) over;
    hlaupa fyrir björg, to leap over a precipice;
    kasta fyrir borð, to throw overboard;
    4) in one’s way, crossing one’s way;
    ríða á leið fyrir þá, to ride in their way, so as to meet them;
    5) round, off;
    sigla fyrir nes, to weather a point;
    6) along, all along;
    fyrir endilangan Noreg, all along Norway, from one end to the other;
    draga ör fyrir odd, to draw the arrow past the point;
    7) of time, fyrir dag, before day;
    fyrir e-s minni, before one’s memory;
    8) for, on behalf of;
    vil ek bjóða at fara fyrir þik, I will offer to go for thee, in thy stead;
    lögvörn fyrir mál, a lawful defence for a case;
    9) for, for the benefit of;
    þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, they cut the lyme-grass for them (the horses);
    10) for, instead of, in place of, as;
    11) for, because of (vilja Gunnar dauðan fyrir höggit);
    fyrir þín orð, for thy words (intercession);
    fyrir sína vinsæld, by reason of his popularity;
    12) denoting value, price;
    fyrir þrjár merkr, for three marks;
    fyrir hvern mun, by all means, at any cost;
    13) in spite of, against (giptast fyrir ráð e-s);
    14) joined with adverbs ending in -an, governing acc. (fyrir austan, vestan, sunnan, norðan, útan innan, framan, handan, ofan, neðan);
    fyrir austan, sunnan fjall, east, south of the fell;
    fyrir neðan brú, below the bridge;
    fyrir handan á, beyond the river;
    fyrir innan garð, inside the fence;
    III. as adverb or ellipt.
    1) ahead, before, opp. to eptir;
    þá var eigi hins verra eptir ván, er slíkt fór fyrir, when this came first, preceded;
    2) first;
    mun ek þar eptir gera sem þér gerit fyrir, I shall do to you according as you do first;
    3) at hand, present, to the fore;
    föng þau, er fyrir vóru, stores that were at hand;
    þar var fyrir fjöldi boðsmanna, a host of guests was already present (before the bride and bridegroom came);
    4) e-m verðr e-t fyrir, one takes a certain step, acts so and so;
    Kolbeini varð ekki fyrir, K. was at a loss what to do;
    e-t mælist vel (illa) fyrir, a thing is well (ill) spoken or reported of (kvæðit mæltist vel fyrir).
    * * *
    prep., in the Editions spelt differently; in MSS. this word is usually abbreviated either  (i. e. firir), or Ꝼ̆, fur͛, fvr͛ (i. e. fyrir); in some MSS. it is idiomatically spelt with i, fir͛, e. g. Arna-Magn. 382 (Bs. i. 263 sqq.); and even in the old Miracle-book Arna-Magn. 645 (Bs. i. 333 sqq.), just as ifir is written for yfir ( over); in a few MSS. it is written as a monosyllable fyr, e. g. D. I. i. 475, Mork. passim; in Kb. (Sæm.-Edda) occurs fyr telia, Vsp. I; fyr norðan, 36; fyr dyrum, Gm. 22; fyr vestan ver, Hkv. 2. 8; in other places as a dissyll. fyrir, e. g. Hm. 56, Gm. 54, Skm. 34, Ls. 15, Am. 64, Hkv. 2. 2, 19 (quoted from Bugge’s edition, see his preface, p. xvi); fyr and fyrir stand to one another in the same relation as ept to eptir, und to undir, of ( super) to yfir: this monosyllabic form is obsolete, save in the compds, where ‘for-’ is more common than ‘fyrir-;’ in some cases both forms are used, e. g. for-dæming and fyrir-dæming; in others only one, but without any fixed rule: again, the forms fyri, fyre, or fire, which are often used in Edd., are just as wrong, as if one were to say epti, undi, yfi; yet this spelling is found now and then in MSS., as, fyre, Ó. H. (facsimile); fire, Grág. Sb. ii. 288 (also facsimile): the particles í and á are sometimes added, í fur, Fms. iv. 137; í fyrir, passim; á fur, Haustl. 1. [Ulf. faur and faura; A. S. fore and for; Engl. for and fore-; Germ. für and vor; Dan. for; Swed. för; Gr. προ-; Lat. pro, prae.]
    WITH DAT., chiefly without the notion of movement.
    A. LOCAL:
    I. before, in front of; fyrir dyrum, before the doors, at the doors, Nj. 14, Vsp. 53, Hm. 69, Edda 130; niðr f. smiðju-dyrum, Eg. 142:—ahead, úti fyrir búðinni, Nj. 181; kómusk sauðirnir upp á fjallit f. þeim, ahead of them, 27; vóru fyrir honum borin merkin, the banner was borne before him, 274; göra orð fyrir sér, to send word before one, Fms. vii. 207, Hkr. iii. 335 (Ó. H. 201, l. c., frá sér):—also denoting direction, niðri í eldinum f. sér, beneath in the fire before them, Nj. 204; þeir sá f. sér bæ mikinn, they saw before them a great building, i. e. they came to a great house, Eg. 546; öðrum f. sér ( in front) en öðrum á bak sér, Grág. i. 5.
    2. before one, before one’s face, in one’s presence; úhelgaða ek Otkel f. búum, before the neighbours, Nj. 87; lýsi ek f. búum fimm, 218; lýsa e-u ( to proclaim) f. e-m, Ld. 8; hann hermdi boð öll f. Gizuri, Nj. 78; hón nefndisk f. þeim Gunnhildr, told them that her name was G., Fms. i. 8; kæra e-t f. e-m, Ó. H. 60; slíkar fortölur hafði hann f. þeim, Nj. 200; the saying, því læra börnin málið að það er f. þeim haft, bairns learn to speak because it is done before them, i. e. because they hear it; hafa gott (íllt) f. e-m, to give a good (bad) example, e. g. in the presence of children; lifa vel f. Guði, to live well before God, 623. 29; stór ábyrgðar-hluti f. Guði, Nj. 199; sem þeir sjá réttast f. Guði, Grág. i. (pref.); fyrir öllum þeim, Hom. 89; á laun f. öðrum mönnum, hidden from other men, unknown to them, Grág. i. 337, Jb. 378; nú skaltú vera vin minn mikill f. húsfreyju minni, i. e. when you talk to my wife, Nj. 265; fyrir Drottni, before the Lord, Merl. 2. 78.
    3. denoting reception of guests, visitors; hann lét ryðja f. þeim búðina, he had the room cleared for them, for their reception, Nj. 228; Valhöll ryðja fyr vegnu fólki, i. e. to clear Valhalla for slain folk, Em. I; ryðja vígvöll f. vegundum, Nj. 212; ljúka upp f. e-m, to open the door for one, Fms. xi. 323, Stj. 5; rýma pallinn f. þeim, Eg. 304; hann lét göra eld f. þeim, he had a fire made for them, 204; þeir görðu eld. f. sér, Fms. xi. 63; … veizlur þar sem fyrir honum var búit, banquets that were ready for him, Eg. 45.
    II. before one, in one’s way; þar er díki varð f. þeim, Eg. 530; á (fjörðr) varð f. þeim, a river, fjord, was before them, i. e. they came to it, 133, 161; at verða eigi f. liði yðru, 51; maðr sá varð f. Vindum, that man was overtaken by the V., Hkr. iii. 363; þeirra manna er f. honum urðu, Eg. 92.
    2. sitja f. e-m, to lie in wait for one, Ld. 218, Nj. 107; lá f. henni í skóginum, Edda (pref.); sitja f. rekum, to sit watching for wrecks, Eg. 136 (fyrir-sát).
    3. ellipt., menn urðu at gæta sín er f. urðu, Nj. 100; Egill var þar f. í runninum, E. was before (them), lay in ambush, Eg. 378; hafði sá bana er f. varð, who was before (the arrow), i. e. he was hit, Nj. 8.
    4. verða f. e-u, to be hit, taken, suffer from a thing; ef hann verðr f. drepi, if he be struck, Grág. ii. 19; verða f. áverka, to be wounded, suffer injury, Ld. 140; verða f. reiði konungs, to fall into disgrace with the king, Eg. 226; verða f. ósköpum, to become the victim of a spell, spell-bound, Fas. i. 130; sitja f. hvers manns ámæli, to be the object of all men’s blame, Nj. 71; vera eigi f. sönnu hafðr, to be unjustly charged with a thing, to be innocent.
    III. a naut. term, before, off; liggja f. bryggjum, to lie off the pier, Ld. 166; skip fljóta f. strengjum, Sks. 116; þeir lágu f. bænum, they lay off the town, Bs. i. 18; liggja úti f. Jótlands-síðu, off Jutland, Eg. 261; hann druknaði f. Jaðri, off the J., Fms. i. II; þeir kómu at honum f. Sjólandi, off Zealand, x. 394; hafa úti leiðangr f. landi, Hkr. i. 301; f. Humru-minni, off the Humber, Orkn. 338, cp. Km. 3, 8, 9, 13, 19, 21; fyrir Nesjum, off the Ness, Vellekla; fyrir Tungum, Sighvat; fyrir Spáni, off Spain, Orkn. 356.
    IV. before, at the head of, denoting leadership; smalamaðr f. búi föður síns, Ver. 26 (of king David); vera f. liði, to be over the troops, Eg. 292, Nj. 7; vera f. máli, to lead the case, Band. 8; vera forstjóri f. búi, to be steward over the household, Eg. 52; ráða f. landi, ríki, etc., to rule, govern, Ó H. 33, Nj. 5; hverr f. eldinum réði, who was the ringleader of the fire, Eg. 239; ráða f. e-u, to rule, manage a thing, passim: the phrase, sitja f. svörum, to respond on one’s behalf, Ölk. 36, Band. 12; hafa svör f. e-m, to be the chief spokesman, Fms. x. 101, Dipl. v. 26.
    V. special usages; friða f. e-m, to make peace for one, Fms. vii. 16, Bs. i. 65; bæta f. e-m, to make things good for one, Hom. 109; túlka, vera túlkr, flytja (etc.) f. e-m, to plead for one, Fms. iii. 33, Nj. 128,—also spilla f. e-m, to disparage one, Eg. 255; haga, ætla f. e-u, to manage, arrange for one, Ld. 208, Sturl. i. 14, Boll. 356; rífka ráð f. e-m, to better one’s condition, Nj. 21; ráða heiman-fylgju ok tilgjöf f. frændkonu sinni, Js. 58; standa f. manni, to stand before, shield a man, stand between him and his enemy, Eg. 357, Grág. ii. 13; vera skjöldr f. e-m, 655 xxxii. 4; hafa kostnað f. e-u, to have the expences for a thing, Ld. 14; vinna f. e-m, to support one by one’s work, Sks. 251; starfa f. fé sínu, to manage one’s money, Ld. 166; hyggja f. e-u, to take heed for a thing, Nj. 109; hyggja f. sér, Fs. 5; hafa forsjá f. e-m, to provide for one, Ld. 186; sjá f. e-u, to see after, Eg. 118, Landn, 152; sjá þú nokkut ráð f. mér, Nj. 20: ironic. to put at rest, Háv. 40: ellipt., sjá vel f., to provide well for, Nj. 102.
    B. TEMP. ago; fyrir þrem nóttum, three nights ago; fyrir stundu, a while ago, Nj. 80; fyrir litlu, a little while ago, Fms. i. 76, Ld. 134; fyrir skömmu, a sbort while ago; fyrir löngu, a long while ago, Nj. 260, Fms. i. 50; fyrir öndverðu, from the beginning, Grág. i. 80, ii. 323, 394, Finnb. 342; fyrir þeim, before they were born, Fms. i. 57.
    2. the phrase, vera f. e-u, to forebode; vera f. stórfundum, Nj. 107, 277; þat hygg ek vera munu f. siða-skipti, Fms. xi. 12; þessi draumr mun vera f. kvámu nökkurs manns, vii. 163; dreyma draum f. e-u, 8; fyrir tiðendum, ii. 65:—spá f. e-m, to ‘spae’ before, prophecy to one, Nj. 171.
    C. METAPH.:
    I. before, above; þóttu þeir þar f. öllum ungum mönnum, Dropl. 7; þykkisk hann mjök f. öðrum mönnum, Ld. 38; ver f. hirðmönnum, be first among my herdsmen, Eg. 65; Hálfdan svarti var f. þeim bræðrum, H. was the foremost of the brothers, Fms. i. 4; þorgrímr var f. sonum Önundar, Grett. 87; var Haraldr mest f. þeim at virðingu, Fms. i. 47.
    II. denoting help, assistance; haun skal rétta vættið f. þeim, Grág. i. 45 (vide above A. IV and V).
    2. the following seem to be Latinisms, láta lífit f. heilagri Kristni, to give up one’s life for holy Christianity, = Lat. pro, Fms. vii. 172; ganga undir píslir fyrir Guðs nafni, Blas. 38; gjalda önd mína f. önd þinni, Johann. 17; gefa gjöf f. sál sinni ( pro animâ suâ), H. E. i. 466; fyrir mér ok minni sál, Dipl. iv. 8; færa Guði fórnir f. e-m, 656 A; heita f. e-m, biðja f. e-m, to make a vow, pray for one (orare pro), Fms. iii. 48, Bs. i. 70; biðja f. mönnum, to intercede for, 19, Fms. xi. 287: even with a double construction, biðja f. stað sinn (acc., which is vernacular) ok heilagri kirkju (dat., which is a Latinism), x. 127.
    III. denoting disadvantage, harm, suffering; þú lætr Egil vefja öll mál fyrir þér, thou lettest Egil thwart all thy affairs, Eg. 249; únýtir hann þá málit fyrir sér, then he ruins his own case, Grág. i. 36, Dropl. 14, 16; Manverjar rufu safnaðinn f. Þorkatli, the Manxmen broke up the assembly, i. e. forsook Thorkel, Fms. ix. 422; kom upp grátr f. henni, she burst into tears, 477; taka fé f. öðrum, to take another’s money, N. G. L. i. 20; knörr þann er konungr lét taka fyrir Þórólfi, Landn. 56; ef hross verðr tekit f. honum, if a horse of his be taken, Grág. i. 436; hann tók upp fé fyrir öllum, he seized property for them all, Ó. H. 60; e-t ferr ílla f. e-m, a thing turns out ill for one; svá fór f. Ólófu, so it came to pass for O., Vígl. 18; loka dyrr f. e-m, to lock the door in one’s face, Edda 21: þeir hafa eigi þessa menn f. yðr drepit, heldr f. yðrar sakir þessi víg vegit, i. e. they have not harmed you, but rather done you a service in slaying those men, Fbr. 33; tók at eyðask f. henni lausa-fé, her money began to fail, Nj. 29; rak á f. þeim storma ok stríðviðri, they were overtaken by gales and bad weather, Vígl. 27; Víglundr rak út knöttinn f. Jökli, V. drove the ball for J., i. e. so that he had to run after it, 24; sá er skar tygil f. Þóri, he who cut Thor’s line, Bragi; sverð brast f. mér, my sword broke, Korm. 98 (in a verse); brjóta e-t f. e-m, to break a thing for one, Bs. i. 15 (in a verse); Valgarðr braut krossa fyrir Merði ok öll heilög tákn, Nj. 167; árin brotnaði f. honum, his oar broke; allar kýrnar drápust fyrir honum, all his cows died.
    2. denoting difficulty, hindrance; sitja f. sæmd e-s, to sit between oneself and one’s honour, i. e. to hinder one’s doing well, Sturl. 87; mikit göri þér mér f. þessu máli, you make this case sore for me, Eb. 124; þér er mikit f. máli, thy case stands ill, Fms. v. 325; ekki er Guði f. því, it is easy for God to do, 656 B. 9; varð honum lítið f. því, it was a small matter for him, he did it easily, Grett. III; mér er minna f. því, it is easier for me, Am. 60; þykkja mikit f. e-u, to be much grieved for a thing, do it unwillingly, Nj. 77; Icel. also say, þykja fyrir (ellipt.), to feel hurt, be displeased:—ellipt., er þeim lítið fyrir at villa járnburð þenna, it is a small matter for them to spoil this ordeal, Ó. H. 140; sem sér muni lítið f. at veiða Gunnar, Nj. 113; fast mun f. vera, it will be fast-fixed before (one), hard to move, Ld. 154; Ásgrími þótti þungt f., A. thought that things looked sad (heavy), Nj. 185; hann var lengi f., he was long about it, Fms. x. 205; hann var lengi f. ok kvað eigi nei við, he was cross and said not downright no, Þorf. Karl. 388.
    IV. in a causal sense, for, because of, Lat. per, pro; sofa ek né mákat fugls jarmi fyrir, I cannot sleep for the shrill cry of birds, Edda 16 (in a verse); hon undi sér hvergi f. verkjum, she had no rest for pains, Bjarn. 69; fyrir gráti, tárum, = Lat. prae lacrymis; fyrir harmi, for sorrow; f. hlátri, for laughter, as in Engl.; þeir æddust f. einni konu, they went mad for the sake of one woman, Sól. 11; ílla fært f. ísum, scarce passable for ice, Fms. xi. 360; hætt var at sitja útar f. Miðgarðs-ormi, Edda 35; hann var lítt gengr f. sárinu, he could hardly walk for the wound, Fbr. 178; fyrir hræðslu, for fear, Hbl. 26; heptisk vegrinn f. þeim meinvættum sem …, Fs. 4; gáðu þeir eigi f. veiðum at fá heyjanna, because of fishing they took no care to make hay, Landn. 30; fyrir riki konungs, for the king’s power, Eg. 67, 117; fyrir ofríki manna, Grág. i. 68; fyrir hví, for why? Eluc. 4; fyrir hví þeir væri þar, Eg. 375; fyrir því, at …, for that, because, Edda 35, Fms. i. 22, vii. 330, Ld. 104; en fyrir því nú at, now since, Skálda 171; nú fyrir því at, id., 169: the phrase, fyrir sökum, for the sake of, because of, passim; vide sök.
    V. by, by the force of; öxlin gékk ór liði fyrir högginu, the shoulder was disjointed by the force of the stroke, Háv. 52.
    2. denoting contest; falla f. e-m, to fall before one, i. e. fighting against one, Fms. i. 7, iv. 9, x. 196; verða halloki f. e-m, to be overcome in fighting one, Ld. 146; látask f. e-m, to perish by one, Eb. 34; hafa bana f. e-m, to be slain by one, Nj. 43; þeir kváðu fá fúnað hafa f. honum, 263; mæddisk hann f. þeim, he lost his breath in fighting them, Eg. 192; láta ríki f. e-m, to lose the kingdom before another, i. e. so that the latter gains it, 264; láta lausar eignir mínar f. þér, 505; láta hlut sinn f. e-m, Fs. 47; standask f. e-m, to stand one’s ground before one, Edda (pref.); hugðisk hann falla mundu f. sjóninni einni saman, that he would sink before his glance, 28, Hým. 12; halda hlut f. e-m, Ld. 54; halda frið ok frelsi f. várum óvinum, Fms. viii. 219; fara mun ek sem ek hefi áðr ætlað f. þínum draum ( thy dream notwithstanding), Ld. 216; þér farit hvárt er þér vilit f. mér, you go wherever you like for me, so far as I am concerted, Fær. 37; halda vöku f. sér, to keep oneself awake, Fms. i. 216.
    β. with verbs, flýja, hlaupa, renna, stökkva f. e-m, to fly, leap, run before one, i. e. to be pursued, Bs. i. 774, Grág. ii. 359; at hann rynni f. þrælum hans, Ld. 64; fyrir þessum úfriði stökk Þangbrandr til Noregs, 180; skyldi hann ganga ór á f. Hofsmönnum, Landn. 178; ganga f. e-u, to give way before, yield to a thing, Fms. i. 305, x. 292; vægja f. e-m, to yield to one, give way, Eg. 21, 187, Nj. 57, Ld. 234.
    VI. against; verja land f. e-m, Eg. 32; verja landit f. Dönum ok öðrum víkingum, Fms. i. 23; til landvarnar f. víkingum, Eg. 260; landvarnar-maðr f. Norðmönnum, Fms. vi. 295; gæta brúarinnar f. bergrisum, Edda 17; gæt þín vel f. konungi ok hans mönnum, guard thee well against the king and his men, Eg. 113; góð aðstoð f. tröllum ok dvergum, Bárð. 163; beiða Baldri griða f. allskonar háska, Edda 36; auðskæðr f. höggum, Eg. 770.
    VII. in the sense of being driven before; fyrir straumi, veðri, vindi, before the stream, wind, weather (forstreymis, forvindis), Grág. ii. 384, Fms. vii. 262; halda f. veðri, to stand before the wind, Róm. 211.
    2. rýrt mun verða f. honum smá-mennit, he will have an easy game with the small people, Nj. 94: ellipt., hafði sá bana er f. varð, 8; sprakk f., 16, 91.
    VIII. fyrir sér, of oneself, esp. of physical power; mikill f. sér, strong, powerful; lítill f. sér, weak, feeble, Nj. 20, Ísl. ii. 368, Eg. 192; þér munuð kalla mik lítinn mann f. mér, Edda 33; minnstr f. sér, smallest, weakest, Eg. 123; gildr maðr f. sér, Ísl. ii. 322, Fms. ii. 145; herðimaðr mikiil f. sér, a hardy man, Nj. 270; hvat ert þú f. þér, what kind of fellow art thou? Clem. 33; vera einn f. sér, to be a strange fellow, Grett. 79 new Ed.; Icel. also say, göra mikið (lítið) f. sér, to make oneself big ( little).
    β. sjóða e-t f. sér, to hesitate, saunter, Nj. 154; mæla f. munni, to talk between one’s teeth, to mutter, Orkn. 248, Nj. 249.
    IX. denoting manner or quality; hvítr f. hærum, white with hoary hairs, Fms. vi. 95, Fas. ii. 540; gráir fyrir járnum, grey with steel, of a host in armour, Mag. 5; hjölt hvít f. silfri, a hilt white with silver = richly silvered, Eb. 226.
    X. as adverb or ellipt.,
    1. ahead, in front, = á undan, Lat. prae, opp. to eptir; þá var eigi hins verra eptir ván, er slíkt fór fyrir, as this came first, preceded, Nj. 34; at einhverr mundi fara heim fyrir, that some one would go home first (to spy), Eg. 580; Egill fór f., E. went in before, id.; at vér ríðim þegar f. í nótt, 283.
    β. first; hann stefndi f. málinu, en hann mælti eptir, one pronounced the words first, but the other repeated after him, Nj. 35; mun ek þar eptir göra sem þér gerit f., I shall do to you according as you do first, 90:—temp., sjau nóttum f., seven nights before, Grág. ii. 217.
    2. to the fore, at hand, present; þar var fyrir fjöldi boðsmanna, a host of guests was already to the fore, i. e. before the bride and bridegroom came, Nj. 11; úvíst er at vita hvar úvinir sitja á fleti fyrir, Hm. 1; skal þá lögmaðr þar f. vera, he shall be there present, Js. 3; heima í túni fyrir, Fær. 50; þar vóru fyrir Hildiríðar-synir, Eg. 98; var honum allt kunnigt fyrir, he knew all about the localities, 583; þeim ómögum, sem f. eru, who are there already, i. e. in his charge, Grág. i. 286: of things, föng þau er f. vóru, stores that were to the fore, at hand, Eg. 134.
    3. fore, opp. to ‘back,’ of clothes; slæður settar f. allt gullknöppum, Eg. 516; bak ok fyrir, back and front, = bak ok brjóst, Mar.
    XI. in the phrase, e-m verðr e-t fyrir, a thing is before one, i. e. one takes that and that step, acts so and so in an emergency; nú verðr öðrum þeirra þat f., at hann kveðr, now if the other part alleges, that …, Grág. i. 362; Kolbeini varð ekki f., K. had no resource, i. e. lost his head, Sturl. iii. 285:—the phrase, e-t mælisk vel (ílla) fyrir, a thing is well ( ill) reported of; víg Gunnars spurðisk ok mæltisk ílla fyrir um allar sveitir, Nj. 117, Sturl. ii. 151; mun þat vel f. mælask, people will like it well, Nj. 29, Þórð. 55 new Ed.; ílla mun þat f. mælask at ganga á sættir við frændr sína, Ld. 238; ok er lokit var, mæltisk kvæðit vel f., the people praised the poem, Fms. vii. 113.
    XII. in special senses, either as prep. or adv. (vide A. V. above); segja leið f. skipi, to pilot a ship, Eg. 359; segja f. skipi, to say a prayer for a new ship or for any ship going to sea, Bs. i. 774, Fms. x. 480; mæla f. e-u, to dictate, Grág. ii. 266; mæla f. minni, to bring out a toast, vide minni; mæla f. sætt, i. 90; skipa, koma e-u f., to arrange, put right; ætla f. e-u, to make allowance for; trúa e-m f. e-u, to entrust one with; það fer mikið f. e-u (impers.), it is of great compass, bulky; hafa f. e-u, to have trouble with a thing; leita f. sér, to enquire; biðjask f., to say one’s prayers, vide biðja; mæla fyrir, segja f., etc., to order, Nj. 103, Js. 3: of a spell or solemn speaking, hann mælti svá f., at …, Landn. 34; spyrjask f., to enquire, Hkr. ii. 333; búask f., to prepare, make arrangement, Landn. 35, Sks. 551; skipask f., to draw up, Nj. 197; leggjask f., to lie down in despair, Bs. i. 194; spá fyrir, to ‘spae’ before, foretell; þeir menn er spá f. úorðna hluti, Fms. i. 96; segja f., to foretell, 76, Bb. 332; Njáll hefir ok sagt f. um æfi hans, Nj. 102; vita e-t f., to ‘wit’ beforehand, know the future, 98; sjá e-t f., to foresee, 162; ef þat er ætlat f., fore-ordained, id.
    WITH ACC., mostly with the notion of movement.
    A. LOCAL:
    I. before, in front of; fyrir dyrrin, Nj. 198; láta síga brýnn f. brár, Hkv. Hjörv. 19; halda f. augu sér, to hold (one’s hands) before one’s eyes, Nj. 132; leggja sverði fyrir brjóst e-m, to thrust a sword into his breast, 162, Fs. 39.
    2. before one, before a court; stefna e-m f. dómstól, Fms. xi. 444; ganga, koma f. e-n, to go, come before one, Fms. i. 15, Eg. 426, Nj. 6, 129, passim; fyrir augu e-s, before one’s eyes, Stj. 611.
    3. before, so as to shield; hann kom skildinum f. sik, he put the shield before him, Nj. 97, 115; halda skildi f. e-n, a duelling term, since the seconder had to hold one’s shield, Ísl. ii. 257.
    4. joined to adverbs such as fram, aptr, út, inn, ofan, niðr, austr, vestr, suðr, norðr, all denoting direction; fram f., forward; aptr f., backward, etc.; hann reiddi öxina fram f. sik, a stroke forward with the axe, Fms. vii. 91; hann hljóp eigi skemra aptr en fram fyrir sik, Nj. 29; þótti honum hann skjóta brandinum austr til fjallanna f. sik, 195; komask út f. dyrr, to go outside the door, Eg. 206:—draga ofan f. brekku, to drag over the hill, Ld. 220; hrinda f. mel ofan, to thrust one over the gravel bank, Eg. 748; hlaupa f. björg, to leap over a precipice, Eb. 62, Landn. 36; elta e-n f. björg, Grág. ii. 34; hlaupa (kasta) f. borð, to leap ( throw) overboard, Fms. i. 178, Hkr. iii. 391, Ld. 226; síga ( to be hauled) niðr f. borgar-vegg, 656 C. 13, Fms. ix. 3; hlaupa niðr f. stafn, Eg. 142; niðr f. skaflinn, Dropl. 25; fyrir brekku, Orkn. 450, Glúm. 395 (in a verse).
    II. in one’s way, crossing one’s way; þeir stefndu f. þá, Fms. ix. 475; ríða á leið f. þá, to ride in their way, so as to meet them, Boll. 348; hlaupa ofan f. þá, Nj. 153; vóru allt komin f. hann bréf, letters were come before him, in his way, Fms. vii. 207; þeir felldu brota f. hann, viz. they felled trees before him, so as to stop him, viii. 60, ix. 357; leggja bann f. skip, to lay an embargo on a ship, Ld. 166.
    III. round, off a point; fyrir nesit, Nj. 44; út f. Holm, out past the Holm, Fms. vii. 356: esp. as a naut. term, off a point on the shore, sigla f. England, Norðyrnbraland, Þrasnes, Spán, to sail by the coast of, stand off England, Northumberland, … Spain, Orkn. 338, 340, 342, 354; fyrir Yrjar, Fms. vii. (in a verse); fyrir Siggju, Aumar, Lista, Edda 91 (in a verse); er hann kom f. Elfina, when be came off the Gotha, Eg. 80; leggja land f. skut, to lay the land clear of the stern, i. e. to pass it, Edda l. c.; göra frið f. land sitt, to pacify the land from one end to another, Ld. 28; fyrir uppsprettu árinnar, to come to ( round) the sources of the river, Fms. iii. 183; fyrir garðs-enda, Grág. ii. 263; girða f. nes, to make a wall across the ness, block it up, cp. Lat. praesepire, praemunire, etc., Grág. ii. 263; so also binda f. op, poka, Lat. praeligare, praestringere; hlaða f. gat, holu, to stop a hole, opening; greri f. stúfinn, the stump (of the arm or leg) was healed, closed, Nj. 275; skjóta slagbrandi f. dyrr, to shoot a bolt before the door, to bar it, Dropl. 29; láta loku (lás) f. hurð, to lock a door, Gísl. 28; setja innsigli f. bréf, to set a seal to a letter, Dipl. i. 3: ellipt., setr hón þar lás fyrir, Ld. 42, Bs. i. 512.
    2. along, all along; f. endilanga Danmörk, f. endilangan Noreg, all along Denmark, Norway, from one end to the other, Fms. iv. 319, xi. 91, Grett. 97:—öx álnar f. munn, an axe with an ell-long edge, Ld. 276; draga ör f. ödd, to draw the arrow past the point, an archer’s term, Fms. ii. 321.
    IV. with verbs, fyrir ván komit, one is come past hope, all hope is gone, Sturl. i. 44, Hrafn. 13, Fms. ii. 131; taka f. munn e-m, to stop one’s mouth; taka f. háls, kverkar, e-m, to seize one by the throat, etc.; taka mál f. munn e-m, ‘verba alicujus praeripere,’ to take the word out of one’s mouth, xi. 12; taka f. hendr e-m, to seize one’s hands, stop one in doing a thing, Eb. 124; mod., taka fram f. hendrnar á e-m.
    B. TEMP.: fyrir dag, before day, Eg. 80; f. miðjan dag, Ld. 14; f. sól, before sunrise, 268; f. sólar-lag, before sunset; f. miðjan aptan, Nj. 192; f. náttmál, 197; f. óttu, Sighvat; f. þinglausnir, Ölk. 37; f. Jól, Nj. 269; f. fardaga, Grág. ii. 341; viku f. sumar, 244; f. mitt sumar, Nj. 138; litlu f. vetr, Eg. 159; f. vetrnætr, Grág. ii. 217; f. e-s minni, before one’s memory, Íb. 16.
    C. METAPH.:
    I. above, before; hann hafdi mest fyrir aðra konunga hraustleikinn, Fms. x. 372.
    II. for, on behalf of; vil ek bjóða at fara f. þik, I will go for thee, in thy stead, Nj. 77; ganga í skuld f. e-n, Grág. i. 283; Egill drakk … ok svá f. Ölvi, Eg. 210; kaupa e-t f. e-n, Nj. 157; gjalda gjöld f. e-n, Grág. i. 173; verja, sækja, sakir f. e-n, Eg. 504; hvárr f. sik, each for oneself, Dipl. v. 26; sættisk á öll mál f. Björn, Nj. 266; tók sættir f. Björn, Eg. 168; svara f. e-t, Fms. xi. 444; hafa til varnir f. sik, láta lýrit, lög-vörn koma f.; færa vörn f. sik, etc.; verja, sækja sakir f. sik, and many similar law phrases, Grág. passim; biðja konu f. e-n, to woo a lady for another, Fms. x. 44; fyrir mik, on my behalf, for my part, Gs. 16; lögvörn f. mál, a lawful defence for a case, Nj. 111; hafa til varnar f. sök, to defend a case, Grág. i. 61; halda skiladómi f. e-t, Dipl. iv. 8; festa lög f. e-t, vide festa.
    III. in a distributive sense; penning f. mann, a penny per man, K. Þ. K. 88; fyrir nef hvert, per nose = per head, Lv. 89, Fms. i. 153, Ó. H. 141; hve f. marga menn, for how many men, Grág. i. 296; fyrir hverja stiku, for each yard, 497.
    IV. for, for the benefit of; brjóta brauð f. hungraða, Hom. 75; þeir skáru f. þá melinn, they cut the straw for them (the horses), Nj. 265; leggja kostnað f. e-n, to defray one’s costs, Grág. i. 341.
    V. for, instead of; hann setti sik f. Guð, Edda (pref.); hafa e-n f. Guð (Lat. pro Deo), Stj. 73, Barl. 131; geta, fá, kveðja mann f. sik, to get a man as one’s delegate or substitute, Grág. i. 48 passim; þeir höfðu vargstakka f. brynjur, Fs. 17; manna-höfuð vóru f. kljána, Nj. 275; gagl f. gás ok grís f. gamalt svín, Ó. H. 86; rif stór f. hlunna, Háv. 48; buðkr er f. húslker er hafðr, Vm. 171; auga f. auga, tönn f. tönn, Exod. xxi. 24; skell f. skillinga, Þkv. 32.
    VI. because of, for; vilja Gunnar dauðan fyrir höggit, Nj. 92, Fms. v. 162; eigi f. sakleysi, not without ground, i. 302; fyrir hvat (why, for what) stefndi Gunnarr þeim til úhelgi? Nj. 101; ok urðu f. þat sekir, Landn. 323; hafa ámæli f. e-t, Nj. 65, passim.
    2. in a good sense, for one’s sake, for one; fyrir þín orð, for thy words, intercession, Ísl. ii. 217; vil ek göra f. þín orð, Ld. 158, Nj. 88; fyrir sína vinsæld, by his popularity, Fms. i. 259: the phrase, fyrir e-s sök, for one’s sake, vide sök: in swearing, a Latinism, fyrir trú mína, by my faith! (so in Old Engl. ‘fore God), Karl. 241; fyrir þitt líf, Stj. 514; ek særi þik f. alla krapta Krists ok manndóm þinn, Nj. 176. VII. for, at, denoting value, price; fyrir þrjár merkr, for three marks, Eg. 714; er sik leysti út f. þrjú hundruð marka, Fms. ix. 421; ganga f. hundrað, to pass or go for a hundred, D. I. i. 316:—also of the thing bought, þú skalt reiða f. hana þrjár merkr, thou shall pay for her three marks, Ld. 30; fyrir þik skulu koma mannhefndir, Nj. 57; bætr f. víg, Ísl. ii. 274; bætr f. mann, Eg. 259, passim; fyrir áverka Þorgeirs kom legorðs-sökin, Nj. 101:—so in the phrase, fyrir hvern mun, by all means, at any cost; fyrir öngan mun, by no means, Fms. i. 9, 157, Gþl. 531:—hafði hverr þeirra mann f. sik, eða tvá …, each slew a man or more for himself, i. e. they sold their lives dearly, Ó. H. 217.
    2. ellipt., í staðinn f., instead of, Grág. i. 61; hér vil ek bjóða f. góð boð, Nj. 77; taka umbun f., Fms. vii. 161; svara slíku f. sem …, Boll. 350; þér skulut öngu f. týna nema lífinu, you shall lose nothing less than your head, Nj. 7.
    VIII. by means of, by, through; fyrir þat sama orð, Stj.; fyrir sína náttúru, Fms. v. 162; fyrir messu-serkinn, iii. 168; fyrir þinn krapt ok frelsis-hönd, Pass. 19. 12; svikin f. orminn, by the serpent, Al. 63,—this use of fyrir seems to be a Latinism, but is very freq. in eccl. writings, esp. after the Reformation, N. T., Pass., Vídal.; fyrir munn Davíðs, through the mouth of David, etc.:—in good old historical writings such instances are few; þeir hlutuðu f. kast ( by dice), Sturl. ii. 159.
    IX. in spite of, against; fyrir vilja sinn, N. G. L. i. 151; fyrir vitorð eðr vilja e-s, against one’s will or knowledge, Grág. ii. 348; kvángask (giptask) f. ráð e-s, i. 177, 178, Þiðr. 190; nú fara menn f. bann ( in spite of an embargo) landa á milli, Gþl. 517; hann gaf henni líf f. framkvæmd farar, i. e. although she had not fulfilled her journey ( her vow), Fms. v. 223; fyrir várt lof, vi. 220; fyrir allt þat, in spite of all that, Grett. 80 new Ed.; fyrir ráð fram, heedlessly; fyrir lög fram, vide fram.
    X. denoting capacity, in the same sense as ‘at,’ C. II, p. 27, col. 1; scarcely found in old writers (who use ‘at’), but freq. in mod. usage, thus, eigi e-n f. vin, to have one for a friend, in old writers ‘at vin;’ hafa e-n f. fífl, fól, to make sport of one.
    2. in old writers some phrases come near to this, e. g. vita f. vist, to know for certain, Dipl. i. 3; vita f. full sannindi, id., ii. 16; hafa f. satt, to take for sooth, believe, Nj. 135; koma f. eitt, to come ( turn) all to one, Lv. 11, Nj. 91, Fms. i. 208; koma f. ekki, to come to naught, be of no avail, Ísl. ii. 215; fyrir hitt mun ganga, it will turn the other way, Nj. 93; fyrir hann er einskis örvænt orðs né verks, from him everything may be expected, Ísl. ii. 326; hafa e-s víti f. varnað, to have another’s faults for warning, Sól. 19.
    XI. joined with adverbs ending in -an, fyrir austan, vestan, sunnan, norðan, útan, innan, framan, handan, ofan, neðan, either with a following acc. denoting. direction, thus, fyrir austan, sunnan … fjall, east, south of the fell, i. e. on the eastern, southern side; fyrir neðan brú, below the bridge; fyrir útan fjall = Lat. ultra; fyrir innan fjall = Lat. infra; fyrir handan á, beyond the river; fyrir innan garð, inside the yard; fyrir ofan garð, above, beyond the yard, etc.; vide these adverbs:—used adverb., fyrir sunnan, in the south; fyrir vestan, in the west; fyrir norðan, in the north; fyrir austan, in the east,—current phrases in Icel. to mark the quarters of the country, cp. the ditty in Esp. Árb. year 1530; but not freq. in old writers, who simply say, norðr, suðr …, cp. Kristni S. ch. 1: absol. and adverb., fyrir ofan, uppermost; fyrir handan, on the other side:—fyrir útan e-t, except, save, Anal. 98, Vkv. 8; fyrir fram, vide fram.
    ☞ For- and fyrir- as prefixes, vide pp. 163–167 and below:
    I. fore-, for-, meaning before, above, in the widest sense, local, temp., and metaph. furthering or the like, for-dyri, for-nes, for-ellri, for-beini, etc.
    β. before, down, for-brekkis, -bergis, -streymis, -vindis, -viðris, etc.
    2. in an intens. sense = before others, very, but not freq.; for-dyld, -góðr, -hagr, -hraustr, -kostuligr, -kuðr, -lítill, -ljótr, -prís, -ríkr, -snjallr.
    II. (cp. fyrir, acc., C. IX), in a neg. or priv. sense; a few words occur even in the earliest poems, laws, and writers, e. g. for-að, -átta, -dæða, -nám, -næmi, -sending, -sköp, -verk, -veðja, -viða, -vitni, -ynja, -yrtir; those words at least seem to be original and vernacular: at a later time more words of the same kind crept in:
    1. as early as writers of the 13th and 14th centuries, e. g. for-boð, -bænir, -djarfa, -dæma (fyrir-dæma), -taka (fyrir-taka), -þóttr; fyrir-bjóða, -fara, -göra, -koma, -kunna, -líta, -muna, -mæla, -vega, -verða.
    2. introduced in some words at the time of the Reformation through Luther’s Bible and German hymns, and still later in many more through Danish, e. g. for-brjóta, -drífa, -láta, -líkast, -merkja, -nema, -sorga, -sóma, -standa, -svara, -þénusta, and several others; many of these, however, are not truly naturalised, being chiefly used in eccl. writings:—it is curious that if the pronoun be placed after the verb (which is the vernacular use in Icel.) the sense is in many cases reversed; thus, fyrir-koma, to destroy, but koma e-u fyrir can only mean to arrange; so also fyrir-mæla, to curse, and mæla fyrir, to speak for; for-bænir, but biðja fyrir e-m, etc.; in the latter case the sense is good and positive, in the former bad and negative; this seems to prove clearly that these compds are due to foreign influence.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > FYRIR

  • 14 deducir

    v.
    1 to guess, to deduce.
    por la luz dedujo que debía de ser tarde he could tell by the light that it must be late
    dedujo quién era el asesino he worked out who the killer was
    El detective deduce la respuesta The detective deduces the answer.
    2 to deduct.
    me deducen del sueldo la seguridad social national insurance is deducted from my salary
    El contador deduce el impuesto The accountant deduces the tax.
    * * *
    Conjugation model [ CONDUCIR], like link=conducir conducir
    1 to deduce, infer
    2 (dinero) to deduct, subtract
    1 to follow
    de aquí se deduce que... from this it follows that...
    * * *
    verb
    * * *
    1. VT
    1) (=inferir) [+ razonamiento, conclusión] to deduce, infer (de from)
    [+ fórmula] to derive (de from)
    2) (=descontar) to deduct
    2.
    See:
    * * *
    verbo transitivo
    1) ( inferir) to deduce

    como no contestaban, deduje que no había nadie — as there was no reply, I assumed there was nobody there

    2) ( descontar) to deduct
    * * *
    = deduct, infer, work out, draw + inference, deduce, gather, make + deduction, make + deduction, reason.
    Ex. The price of the demonstration disk is relatively modest and is normally deducted from the full purchase price.
    Ex. In many cases this has to be inferred from the position in any given class.
    Ex. The details of how the assignment of numbers by authorized agencies would be controlled have yet to be worked out.
    Ex. The obvious inference to be drawn is that industry representatives believe that membership of the Community is certainly better for industry.
    Ex. The passwords used should be chosen with some care, in order to avoid obvious words or numbers which could easily be deduced by those with a desire to 'beat the system'.
    Ex. Her attitude enabled him, and everyone else on the staff from what he could gather in the brief time he had been there, to establish a pleasant familiarity with her.
    Ex. The author discusses the various deductions which have been made from the results of the analysis.
    Ex. A single bill was made out, and each man took an equal share of the payment, regardless of how many pages he had set; deductions were made only for failings such as unpunctuality.
    Ex. Ergo, it was reasoned, an entry under the author's name and the title found on the title page or elsewhere in the book, with a symbol to indicate its location on the shelves, should readily help one find the book desired.
    ----
    * deducir conclusiones = deduce + conclusions.
    * deducirse = follow.
    * deducirse de = follow from.
    * deducir una idea = draw + idea.
    * es de deducir que = it follows that.
    * * *
    verbo transitivo
    1) ( inferir) to deduce

    como no contestaban, deduje que no había nadie — as there was no reply, I assumed there was nobody there

    2) ( descontar) to deduct
    * * *
    = deduct, infer, work out, draw + inference, deduce, gather, make + deduction, make + deduction, reason.

    Ex: The price of the demonstration disk is relatively modest and is normally deducted from the full purchase price.

    Ex: In many cases this has to be inferred from the position in any given class.
    Ex: The details of how the assignment of numbers by authorized agencies would be controlled have yet to be worked out.
    Ex: The obvious inference to be drawn is that industry representatives believe that membership of the Community is certainly better for industry.
    Ex: The passwords used should be chosen with some care, in order to avoid obvious words or numbers which could easily be deduced by those with a desire to 'beat the system'.
    Ex: Her attitude enabled him, and everyone else on the staff from what he could gather in the brief time he had been there, to establish a pleasant familiarity with her.
    Ex: The author discusses the various deductions which have been made from the results of the analysis.
    Ex: A single bill was made out, and each man took an equal share of the payment, regardless of how many pages he had set; deductions were made only for failings such as unpunctuality.
    Ex: Ergo, it was reasoned, an entry under the author's name and the title found on the title page or elsewhere in the book, with a symbol to indicate its location on the shelves, should readily help one find the book desired.
    * deducir conclusiones = deduce + conclusions.
    * deducirse = follow.
    * deducirse de = follow from.
    * deducir una idea = draw + idea.
    * es de deducir que = it follows that.

    * * *
    deducir [I6 ]
    vt
    A (inferir) to deduce
    como no contestaban deduje que no había nadie as there was no reply, I deduced o assumed there was nobody there
    deducir algo DE algo to deduce sth FROM sth
    ¿qué deduces de todo esto? what do you deduce from all this?, what conclusions do you draw from all this?
    de lo anteriormente expuesto se deduce que … from the above, it may be deduced that …
    B (descontar) to deduct
    * * *

     

    deducir ( conjugate deducir) verbo transitivo
    1 ( inferir) to deduce;
    deducir algo de algo to deduce sth from sth
    2 ( descontar) to deduct
    deducir verbo transitivo
    1 to deduce, infer
    2 Com to deduct
    ' deducir' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    argüir
    - concluir
    - deduje
    English:
    deduce
    - gather
    - infer
    - tell
    - deduct
    * * *
    1. [inferir] to guess, to deduce;
    por la luz dedujo que debía de ser tarde he could tell by the light that it must be late;
    dedujo quién era el asesino he worked out who the killer was;
    ¿qué se puede deducir de todo esto? what does all this tell us?, what can be deduced from all this?;
    de aquí se deduce que… from this one concludes o infers that…
    2. [descontar] to deduct (de from);
    me deducen del sueldo la seguridad social national insurance is deducted from my salary
    * * *
    v/t
    1 deduce
    2 COM deduct
    * * *
    deducir {61} vt
    1) inferir: to deduce
    2) descontar: to deduct
    * * *
    2. (restar) to deduct
    me deducen el 20% del sueldo en concepto de impuestos 20% is deducted from my salary in taxes

    Spanish-English dictionary > deducir

  • 15 expresar temor

    (v.) = voice + fear
    Ex. Many people voiced fears that volunteers would be used to take over paid jobs from the workforce, but others spoke up for volunteers saying that in many cases they had created extra jobs for the permanent staff.
    * * *
    (v.) = voice + fear

    Ex: Many people voiced fears that volunteers would be used to take over paid jobs from the workforce, but others spoke up for volunteers saying that in many cases they had created extra jobs for the permanent staff.

    Spanish-English dictionary > expresar temor

  • 16 hablar a favor de

    (v.) = speak up for
    Ex. Many people voiced fears that volunteers would be used to take over paid jobs from the workforce, but others spoke up for volunteers saying that in many cases they had created extra jobs for the permanent staff.
    * * *

    Ex: Many people voiced fears that volunteers would be used to take over paid jobs from the workforce, but others spoke up for volunteers saying that in many cases they had created extra jobs for the permanent staff.

    Spanish-English dictionary > hablar a favor de

  • 17 por otro lado

    = alternatively, however, on the other hand, on the other side, for another thing, on the flip side, on another topic, on another matter, on another note, on other matters
    Ex. Alternatively new subjects can be inserted by decimal subdivision.
    Ex. However, one important feature to note about such systems is that many of them do not in fact organise knowledge or retrieve information.
    Ex. The nature of the information, on the other hand, may determine its inclusion in a special collection of statistics or quick reference materials.
    Ex. On the one side is 'high culture' catering for the intellectual elites, on the other side is 'mass culture' catering for an undiscriminating mass audience of 'consumers'.
    Ex. For another thing, to the best of my knowledge IQ tests do not differentiate between different kinds of giftedness.
    Ex. On the flip side, jaywalking laws really are absolutely ridiculous anyway.
    Ex. On another topic, how much trust and confidence do you have at this time in your mayor and city council, when it comes to handling city problems?.
    Ex. On another matter, in many cases it is cheaper to pay workers for overtime than it is to hire more people.
    Ex. On another note, if a child is bilingual, it is very difficult to make him fluent in both languages.
    Ex. On other matters, it appears that our server was down again this morning.
    * * *
    = alternatively, however, on the other hand, on the other side, for another thing, on the flip side, on another topic, on another matter, on another note, on other matters

    Ex: Alternatively new subjects can be inserted by decimal subdivision.

    Ex: However, one important feature to note about such systems is that many of them do not in fact organise knowledge or retrieve information.
    Ex: The nature of the information, on the other hand, may determine its inclusion in a special collection of statistics or quick reference materials.
    Ex: On the one side is 'high culture' catering for the intellectual elites, on the other side is 'mass culture' catering for an undiscriminating mass audience of 'consumers'.
    Ex: For another thing, to the best of my knowledge IQ tests do not differentiate between different kinds of giftedness.
    Ex: On the flip side, jaywalking laws really are absolutely ridiculous anyway.
    Ex: On another topic, how much trust and confidence do you have at this time in your mayor and city council, when it comes to handling city problems?.
    Ex: On another matter, in many cases it is cheaper to pay workers for overtime than it is to hire more people.
    Ex: On another note, if a child is bilingual, it is very difficult to make him fluent in both languages.
    Ex: On other matters, it appears that our server was down again this morning.

    Spanish-English dictionary > por otro lado

  • 18 знать

    (см. также помнить) know
    Во многих случаях необходимо знать скорость (= частоту), при которой... - In many cases it is required to know the rate at which...
    Далее, из элементарных соображений мы знаем, что... - Furthermore, we know from elementary considerations that...
    Из нашего опыта мы знаем, что... - It is a matter of experience that...
    Из повседневного опыта мы знаем, что... - We learn from common experience that...
    Из содержания предыдущих глав мы уже знаем, что... - We already know from earlier chapters that...
    Многие не знают, что... - It is not widely known that...
    Мы все еще ничего не знаем о... - We are still in the dark about...
    Мы до сих пор не знаем, действительно ли... - We do not yet know whether...
    Мы знаем, что подобное никогда не происходит (= не случается). - We know that this does not happen.
    Мы теперь знаем совершенно точно, что... - We now know beyond doubt that...
    Мы уже знаем, что... - We already know that...
    Нам надо знать (метод и т. п.)... - We should be familiar with...
    Однако в действительности мы знаем, что... - In fact, however, we know that...
    Однако во многих случаях (= часто) мы не знаем... - But in many cases, we do not know...
    Однако из экспериментов мы знаем, что бывают случаи, когда... - Experimentally, however, we know that there are cases when...
    Однако необходимо знать, что понимается под... - It is necessary, however, to know what is meant by...
    Следовательно, трудно быть уверенным, действительно ли... —It is therefore difficult to know whether...
    Студенты всегда должны знать (= помнить), что... - The students must always be aware of...
    Чтобы решить нашу задачу, нам необходимо знать величину... - То solve our problem we need the value of...

    Русско-английский словарь научного общения > знать

  • 19 अन्योन्य _anyōnya

    अन्योन्य a. [अन्य-कर्मव्यतिहारे द्वित्वं, पूर्वपदे सुश्च] One another, each other, mutual (treated like a pronoun). In many cases the use of this word corresponds to the use of the word 'each other' or 'one another' in English; अन्योन्यं ताडयतः Mk.9 they strike each other (अन्यः अन्यं ताडयति). Thus अन्यः may be regarded as the subject and अन्यम् as the object of the verb, as in English. The second अन्य may, therefore, in many cases stand in the instr., gen., or loc. cases; अन्योन्यैराहताः सन्तः सस्वनुर्भीमनिःस्वनाः Rām.; अन्योन्यस्य व्यतिलुनन्ति P.I. 3.16 Sk. But there are several instances, especially when अन्योन्य enters into compound, in which the first अन्य loses all its nominative force and becomes a sort of oblique case, or an irregular compound of अन्य and अन्य, see P.VIII.1.12 Sk.; अन्योन्यस्याव्यभीचारः Ms. 9.11; oft. in comp. and translated by 'mutual', 'reciprocal', 'mutually'; ˚शोभाजननात् Ku.1.42; so ˚कलह, ˚दर्शन, &c.
    -न्यम् ind. Mutually.
    -न्यम् (In Rhet.) A figure of speech, the 'Reciprocal', in which two things do the same act to each other; अन्योन्यमुभयो- रेकक्रियायाः करणं मिथः । त्वया सा शोभते तन्वी तया त्वमपि शोभसे ॥ रजन्या शोभते चन्द्रश्चन्द्रेणापि निशीथिनी । S. D.724.
    -Comp. -अध्यासः reciprocal attribution of identity (अन्योन्य- तादात्म्यारोपः); जलव्योम्ना घटाकाशो यथा सर्वस्तिरोहितः । तथा जीवे च कूटस्थः सो$न्योन्याध्यास उच्यते ॥
    -अपहृत a. taken from one another, taken secretly.
    -अभावः mutual non-existence or negation; one of the two main kinds of अभाव; it is reciprocal negation of identity, essence, or respective peculiarity, and is equivalent to difference (भेद); तादात्म्यसंबन्धावच्छिन्नप्रतियोगिको$न्योन्याभावः, as घटः पटो न भवति; it exists between two notions which have no property in common.
    -आश्रय a. mutually dependent. (
    -यः) mutual or reciprocal dependence, support, or con- nection; reciprocal relation of cause and effect (a term in Nyāya).
    -उक्तिः f. conversation.
    -कार्यम् Sexual intercourse (मैथुन); अन्योन्यकार्याणि यथा तथैव न पापमात्रेण कृतं हिनस्ति Mb.12.141.7.
    -पक्षनयनम् transposition of numbers from one side to another.
    -भेदः mutual dissension or enmity; so ˚कलह.
    -मिथुनम् mutual union.
    -विभागः mutual partition of an inheritance made by the sharers (without the presence of any other party).
    -वृत्तिः f. mutual effect of one thing upon another.
    -व्यतिकरः, -संश्रयः reciprocal action or influence; mutual relation of cause and effect.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > अन्योन्य _anyōnya

  • 20 ὡς

    ὡς (Hom.+; loanw. in rabb.) relative adv. of the relative pron. ὅς. It is used as
    a comparative particle, marking the manner in which someth. proceeds, as, like
    corresponding to οὕτως=‘so, in such a way’: σωθήσεται, οὕτως ὡς διὰ πυρός he will be saved, (but only) in such a way as (one, in an attempt to save oneself, must go) through fire (and therefore suffer fr. burns) 1 Cor 3:15. τὴν ἑαυτοῦ γυναῖκα οὕτως ἀγαπάτω ὡς ἑαυτόν Eph 5:33; cp. vs. 28. ἡμέρα κυρίου ὡς κλέπτης οὕτως ἔρχεται 1 Th 5:2. The word οὕτως can also be omitted ἀσφαλίσασθε ὡς οἴδατε make it as secure as you know how = as you can Mt 27:65. ὡς οὐκ οἶδεν αὐτός (in such a way) as he himself does not know = he himself does not know how, without his knowing (just) how Mk 4:27. ὡς ἀνῆκεν (in such a way) as is fitting Col 3:18. Cp. 4:4; Eph 6:20; Tit 1:5 (cp. Just., A I, 3, 1 ὡς πρέπον ἐστίν). ὡς πᾶσα γυνὴ γεννᾷ GJs 11:2; ὡς ἀπεκαλύφθη AcPlCor 1:8.
    special uses
    α. in ellipses (TestAbr A 12 p. 90, 22 [Stone p. 28] θρόνος … ἐξαστράπτων ὡς πῦρ; TestJob 20:3 χρήσασθαι … ὡς ἐβούλετο; JosAs 12:7 πρὸς σὲ κατέφυγον ὡς παιδίον ἐπὶ τὸν πατέρα) ἐλάλουν ὡς νήπιος I used to speak as a child (is accustomed to speak) 1 Cor 13:11a; cp. bc; Mk 10:15; Eph 6:6a; Phil 2:22; Col 3:22. ὡς τέκνα φωτὸς περιπατεῖτε walk as (is appropriate for) children of light Eph 5:8; cp. 6:6b. ὡς ἐν ἡμέρᾳ as (it is one’s duty to walk) in the daylight Ro 13:13. The Israelites went through the Red Sea ὡς διὰ ξηρᾶς γῆς as (one travels) over dry land Hb 11:29. οὐ λέγει ὡς ἐπὶ πολλῶν ἀλλʼ ὡς ἐφʼ ἑνός he speaks not as one would of a plurality (s. ἐπί 8), but as of a single thing Gal 3:16.—Ro 15:15; 1 Pt 5:3. Also referring back to οὕτως (GrBar 6:16 ὡς γὰρ τὰ δίστομα οὕτως καὶ ὁ ἀλέκτωρ μηνύει τοῖς ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ like articulate beings the rooster informs earth’s inhabitants) οὕτως τρέχω ὡς οὐκ ἀδήλως I run as (a person) with a fixed goal 1 Cor 9:26a. Cp. ibid. b; Js 2:12.
    β. ὡς and the words that go w. it can be the subj. or obj., of a clause: γενηθήτω σοι ὡς θέλεις let it be done (= it will be done) for you as you wish Mt 15:28. Cp. 8:13; Lk 14:22 v.l. (for ὅ; cp. ὡς τὸ θέλημά σου OdeSol 11:21). The predicate belonging to such a subj. is to be supplied in οὐχ ὡς ἐγὼ θέλω (γενηθήτω) Mt 26:39a.—ἐποίησεν ὡς προσέταξεν αὐτῷ ὁ ἄγγελος he did as (= that which) the angel commanded him (to do) Mt 1:24; cp. 26:19 (on the structure s. RPesch, BZ 10, ’66, 220–45; 11, ’67, 79–95; cp. the formula Job 42:9 and the contrasting negation Ex 1:17; s. also Ex 3:21f); 28:15.—Practically equivalent to ὅ, which is a v.l. for it Mk 14:72 (JBirdsall, NovT 2, ’58, 272–75; cp. Lk 14:22 above).
    γ. ἕκαστος ὡς each one as or according to what Ro 12:3; 1 Cor 3:5; 7:17ab; Rv 22:12. ὡς ἦν δυνατὸς ἕκαστος each person interpreted them as best each could Papias (2:16).
    δ. in indirect questions (X., Cyr. 1, 5, 11 ἀπαίδευτοι ὡς χρὴ συμμάχοις χρῆσθαι) ἐξηγοῦντο ὡς ἐγνώσθη αὐτοῖς ἐν τῇ κλάσει τοῦ ἄρτου they told how he had made himself known to them when they broke bread together Lk 24:35. Cp. Mk 12:26 v.l. (for πῶς); Lk 8:47; 23:55; Ac 10:38; 20:20; Ro 11:2; 2 Cor 7:15.
    a conjunction marking a point of comparison, as. This ‘as’ can have a ‘so’ expressly corresponding to it or not, as the case may be; further, both sides of the comparison can be expressed in complete clauses, or one or even both may be abbreviated.
    ὡς is correlative w. οὕτως=so. οὕτως … ὡς (so, in such a way) … as: οὐδέποτε ἐλάλησεν οὕτως ἄνθρωπος ὡς οὗτος λαλεῖ ὁ ἄνθρωπος J 7:46. ὡς … οὕτως Ac 8:32 (Is 53:7); 23:11; Ro 5:15 (ὡς τὸ παράπτωμα, οὕτως καὶ τὸ χάρισμα, both halves to be completed), 18. ὡς κοινωνοί ἐστε τῶν παθημάτων, οὕτως καὶ τῆς παρακλήσεως as you are comrades in suffering, so (shall you be) in comfort as well 2 Cor 1:7. Cp. 7:14; 11:3 v.l.—ὡς … καί as … so (Plut., Mor. 39e; Ath. 15, 2) Mt 6:10; Ac 7:51; 2 Cor 13:2; Gal 1:9; Phil 1:20.
    The clause beginning w. ὡς can easily be understood and supplied in many cases; when this occurs, the noun upon which the comparison depends can often stand alone, and in these cases ὡς acts as a particle denoting comparison. οἱ δίκαιοι ἐκλάμψουσιν ὡς ὁ ἥλιος the righteous will shine out as the sun (shines) Mt 13:43. ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν ἐξήλθατε συλλαβεῖν με as (one goes out) against a robber, (so) you have gone out to arrest me 26:55 (Mel., P. 79, 574 ὡς ἐπὶ φόνιον λῄστην). γίνεσθε φρόνιμοι ὡς οἱ ὄφεις be (as) wise as serpents (are) 10:16b. Cp. Lk 12:27; 21:35; 22:31; J 15:6; 2 Ti 2:17; 1 Pt 5:8.
    Semitic infl. is felt in the manner in which ὡς, combined w. a subst., takes the place of a subst. or an adj.
    α. a substantive
    א. as subj. (cp. Da 7:13 ὡς υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου ἤρχετο; cp. 10:16, 18) ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου (ἦν) ὡς θάλασσα ὑαλίνη before the throne there was something like a sea of glass Rv 4:6. Cp. 8:8; 9:7a. ἀφʼ ἑνὸς ἐγενήθησαν ὡς ἡ ἄμμος from one man they have come into being as the sand, i.e. countless descendants Hb 11:12.
    ב. as obj. (JosAs 17:6 εἶδεν Ἀσενὲθ ὡς ἅρμα πυρός) ᾂδουσιν ὡς ᾠδὴν καινήν they were singing, as it were, a new song Rv 14:3. ἤκουσα ὡς φωνήν I heard what sounded like a shout 19:1, 6abc; cp. 6:1.
    β. as adjective, pred. (mostly εἶναι, γίνεσθαι ὡς; the latter also in rendering of ךְּ to express the basic reality of something: GDelling, Jüd. Lehre u. Frömmigkeit ’67, p. 58, on ParJer 9:7) ἐὰν μὴ γένησθε ὡς τὰ παιδία if you do not become child-like Mt 18:3. ὡς ἄγγελοί εἰσιν they are similar to angels 22:30. πᾶσα σὰρξ ὡς χόρτος 1 Pt 1:24. Cp. Mk 6:34; 12:25; Lk 22:26ab; Ro 9:27 (Is 10:22); 29a (Is 1:9a); 1 Cor 4:13; 7:7f, 29–31; 9:20f; 2 Pt 3:8ab (Ps 89:4); Rv 6:12ab al. (cp. GrBar 14:1 ἐγένετο φωνὴ ὡς βροντή). Sim. also ποίησόν με ὡς ἕνα τῶν μισθίων σου treat me like one of your day laborers Lk 15:19.—The adj. or adjectival expr. for which this form stands may be used as an attribute πίστιν ὡς κόκκον σινάπεως faith like a mustard seed=faith no greater than a tiny mustard seed Mt 17:20; Lk 17:6. προφήτης ὡς εἷς τῶν προφητῶν Mk 6:15. Cp. Ac 3:22; 7:37 (both Dt 18:15); 10:11; 11:5. ἐγένετο ὡς εἷς τῶν φευγόντων AcPl Ha 5, 18. ἀρνίον ὡς ἐσφαγμένον a lamb that appeared to have been slaughtered Rv 5:6.—In expressions like τρίχας ὡς τρίχας γυναικῶν 9:8a the second τρίχας can be omitted as self-evident (Ps 54:7 v.l.): ἡ φωνὴ ὡς σάλπιγγος 4:1; cp. 1:10; 9:8b; 13:2a; 14:2c; 16:3.
    other noteworthy uses
    α. ὡς as can introduce an example ὡς καὶ Ἠλίας ἐποίησεν Lk 9:54 v.l.; cp. 1 Pt 3:6; or, in the combination ὡς γέγραπται, a scripture quotation Mk 1:2 v.l.; 7:6; Lk 3:4; Ac 13:33; cp. Ro 9:25; or even an authoritative human opinion Ac 17:28; 22:5; 25:10; or any other decisive reason Mt 5:48; 6:12 (ὡς καί).
    β. ὡς introduces short clauses: ὡς εἰώθει as his custom was Mk 10:1. Cp. Hs 5, 1, 2. ὡς λογίζομαι as I think 1 Pt 5:12. ὡς ἐνομίζετο as was supposed Lk 3:23 (Diog. L. 3, 2 ὡς Ἀθήνησιν ἦν λόγος [about Plato’s origin]; TestAbr A 5 p. 82, 32 [Stone p. 12] ὡς ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ; Just., A I, 6, 2 ὡς ἐδιδάχθημεν). ὡς ἦν as he was Mk 4:36. ὡς ἔφην Papias (2:15) (ApcMos 42; cp. Just., A I, 21, 6 ὡς προέφημεν).
    γ. The expr. οὕτως ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ ὡς ἄνθρωπος βάλῃ τὸν σπόρον Mk 4:26 may well exhibit colloquial syntax; but some think that ἄν (so one v.l. [=ἐάν, which is read by many mss.]) once stood before ἄνθρωπος and was lost inadvertently. S. the comm., e.g. EKlostermann, Hdb. z. NT4 ’50 ad loc.; s. also Jülicher, Gleichn. 539; B-D-F §380, 4; Mlt. 185 w. notes; Rdm.2 154; Rob. 928; 968.
    marker introducing the perspective from which a pers., thing, or activity is viewed or understood as to character, function, or role, as
    w. focus on quality, circumstance, or role
    α. as (JosAs 26:7 ἔγνω … Λευὶς … ταῦτα πάντα ὡς προφήτης; Just., A I, 7, 4 ἵνα ὡς ἄδικος κολάζηται) τί ἔτι κἀγὼ ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς κρίνομαι; why am I still being condemned as a sinner? Ro 3:7. ὡς σοφὸς ἀρχιτέκτων 1 Cor 3:10. ὡς ἀρτιγέννητα βρέφη as newborn children (in reference to desire for maternal milk) 1 Pt 2:2. μή τις ὑμῶν πασχέτω ὡς φονεύς 4:15a; cp. b, 16.—1:14; 1 Cor 7:25; 2 Cor 6:4; Eph 5:1; Col 3:12; 1 Th 2:4, 7a.—In the oblique cases, genitive (ApcSed 16:2 ὡς νέου αὐτοῦ ἐπαράβλεπον τὰ πταίσματα αὐτοῦ; Just., A I, 14, 4 ὑμέτερον ἔστω ὡς δυνατῶν βασιλέων): τιμίῳ αἵματι ὡς ἀμνοῦ ἀμώμου Χριστοῦ with the precious blood of Christ, as of a lamb without blemish 1 Pt 1:19. δόξαν ὡς μονογενοῦς παρὰ πατρός glory as of an only-begotten son, coming from the Father J 1:14. Cp. Hb 12:27. Dative (Ath. 14, 2 θύουσιν ὡς θεοῖς; 28, 3 πιστεύειν ὡς μυθοποιῷ; Stephan. Byz. s.v. Κυνόσαργες: Ἡρακλεῖ ὡς θεῷ θύων): λαλῆσαι ὑμῖν ὡς πνευματικοῖς 1 Cor 3:1a; cp. bc; 10:15; 2 Cor 6:13; Hb 12:5; 1 Pt 2:13f; 3:7ab; 2 Pt 1:19. Accusative (JosAs 22:8 ἠγάπα αὐτὸν ὡς ἄνδρα προφήτην; Just., A I, 4, 4 τὸ ὄνομα ὡς ἔλεγχον λαμβάνετε; Tat. 27, 1 ὡς ἀθεωτάτους ἡμᾶς ἐκκηρύσσετε; Ath. 16, 4 οὐ προσκυνῶ αὐτὰ ὡς θεοὺς): οὐχ ὡς θεὸν ἐδόξασαν Ro 1:21; 1 Cor 4:14; 8:7; Tit 1:7; Phlm 16; Hb 6:19; 11:9. παρακαλῶ ὡς παροίκους καὶ παρεπιδήμους 1 Pt 2:11 (from the perspective of their conversion experience the recipients of the letter are compared to temporary residents and disenfranchised foreigners, cp. the imagery 1 Pt 1:19 above and s. παρεπίδημος and πάροικος 2).—This is prob. also the place for ὸ̔ ἐὰν ποιῆτε, ἐργάζεσθε ὡς τῷ κυρίῳ whatever you have to do, do it as work for the Lord Col 3:23. Cp. Eph 5:22. εἴ τις λαλεῖ ὡς λόγια θεοῦ if anyone preaches, (let the pers. do so) as if (engaged in proclaiming the) words of God 1 Pt 4:11a; cp. ibid. b; 2 Cor 2:17bc; Eph 6:5, 7.
    β. ὡς w. ptc. gives the reason for an action as one who, because (X., Cyr. 7, 5, 13 κατεγέλων τῆς πολιορκίας ὡς ἔχοντες τὰ ἐπιτήδεια; Appian, Liby. 56 §244 μέμφεσθαι τοῖς θεοῖς ὡς ἐπιβουλεύουσι=as being hostile; Polyaenus 2, 1, 1; 3, 10, 3 ὡς ἔχων=just as if he had; TestAbr B 8 p. 112, 17 [Stone p. 72] ὡς αὐτῷ ὄντι φίλῳ μου (do it for) him [Abraham] as a friend of mine; TestJob 17:5 καθʼ ἡμῶν ὡς τυραννούντων against us as though we were tyrants; ApcMos 23 ὡς νομίζοντες on the assumption that (we would not be discovered); Jos., Ant. 1, 251; Ath. 16, 1 ὁ δὲ κόσμος οὐχ ὡς δεομένου τοῦ θεοῦ γέγονεν; SIG 1168, 35); Paul says: I appealed to the Emperor οὐχ ὡς τοῦ ἔθνους μου ἔχων τι κατηγορεῖν not that I had any charge to bring against my (own) people Ac 28:19 (PCairZen 44, 23 [257 B.C.] οὐχ ὡς μενῶν=not as if it were my purpose to remain there). ὡς foll. by the gen. abs. ὡς τὰ πάντα ἡμῖν τῆς θείας δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ δεδωρημένης because his divine power has granted us everything 2 Pt 1:3. Cp. Dg. 5:16.—Only in isolated instances does ὡς show causal force when used w. a finite verb for, seeing that (PLeid 16, 1, 20; Lucian, Dial. Mort. 17, 2, end, Vit. Auct. 25; Aesop, Fab. 109 P.=148 H.; 111 H-H.: ὡς εὐθέως ἐξελεύσομαι=because; Tetrast. Iamb. 1, 6, 3; Nicetas Eugen. 6, 131 H. Cp. Herodas 10, 3: ὡς=because [with the copula ‘is’ to be supplied]) Mt 6:12 (ὡς καί as Mk 7:37 v.l.; TestDan 3:1 v.l.; the parallel Lk 11:4 has γάρ). AcPlCor 1:6 ὡς οὖν ὁ κύριος ἠλέησεν ἡμᾶς inasmuch as the Lord has shown us mercy (by permitting us). So, more oft., καθώς (q.v. 3).
    γ. ὡς before the predicate acc. or nom. w. certain verbs functions pleonastically and further contributes to the aspect of perspective ὡς προφήτην ἔχουσιν τὸν Ἰωάννην Mt 21:26. Cp. Lk 16:1. λογίζεσθαί τινα ὡς foll. by acc. look upon someone as 1 Cor 4:1; 2 Cor 10:2 (for this pass. s. also c below). Cp. 2 Th 3:15ab; Phil 2:7; Js 2:9.
    w. focus on a conclusion existing only in someone’s imagination or based solely on someone’s assertion (PsSol 8:30; Jos., Bell. 3, 346; Just., A I, 27, 5; Mel., P. 58, 422) προσηνέγκατέ μοι τὸν ἄνθρωπον τοῦτον ὡς ἀποστρέφοντα τὸν λαόν, καὶ ἰδοὺ … you have brought this fellow before me as one who (as you claim) is misleading the people, and nowLk 23:14. τί καυχᾶσαι ὡς μὴ λαβών; why do you boast, as though you (as you think) had not received? 1 Cor 4:7. Cp. Ac 3:12; 23:15, 20; 27:30. ὡς μὴ ἐρχομένου μου as though I were not coming (acc. to their mistaken idea) 1 Cor 4:18. ὡς μελλούσης τῆς πόλεως αἴρεσθαι assuming that the city was being destroyed AcPl Ha 5, 16.
    w. focus on what is objectively false or erroneous ἐπιστολὴ ὡς διʼ ἡμῶν a letter (falsely) alleged to be from us 2 Th 2:2a (Diod S 33, 5, 5 ἔπεμψαν ὡς παρὰ τῶν πρεσβευτῶν ἐπιστολήν they sent a letter which purported to come from the emissaries; Diog. L. 10:3 falsified ἐπιστολαὶ ὡς Ἐπικούρου; Just., A, II, 5, 5 ὡς ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ σπορᾷ γενομένους υἱούς). τοὺς λογιζομένους ἡμᾶς ὡς κατὰ σάρκα περιπατοῦντας 2 Cor 10:2 (s. also aγ above). Cp. 11:17; 13:7. Israel wishes to become righteous οὐκ ἐκ πίστεως ἀλλʼ ὡς ἐξ ἔργων not through faith but through deeds (the latter way being objectively wrong) Ro 9:32 (Rdm.2 26f). ὡς ἐκ παραδόσεως ἀγράφου εἰς αὐτὸν ἥκοντα (other matters he recounts) as having reached him through unwritten tradition (Eus. about Papias) Papias (2:11).
    conj., marker of result in connection with indication of purpose=ὥστε so that (Trag., Hdt.+, though nearly always w. the inf.; so also POxy 1040, 11; PFlor 370, 10; Wsd 5:12; TestJob 39:7; ApcMos 38; Jos., Ant. 12, 229; Just., A I, 56, 2; Tat. 12, 2. W. the indic. X., Cyr. 5, 4, 11 οὕτω μοι ἐβοήθησας ὡς σέσῳσμαι; Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 8, 7 p. 324, 25f; Jos., Bell. 3, 343; Ath. 15, 3; 22, 2) Hb 3:11; 4:3 (both Ps 94:11). ὡς αὐτὸν καθόλου τὸ φῶς μὴ βλέπειν Papias (3:2) (s. φῶς 1a). ὡς πάντας ἄχθεσθαι (s. ἄχθομαι) AcPl Ha 4, 14. ὡς πάντας … ἀγαλλιᾶσθαι 6, 31 al.
    marker of discourse content, that, the fact that after verbs of knowing, saying (even introducing direct discourse: Maximus Tyr. 5:4f), hearing, etc.=ὅτι that (X., An. 1, 3, 5; Menand., Sam. 590 S. [245 Kö.]; Aeneas Tact. 402; 1342; PTebt 10, 6 [119 B.C.]; 1 Km 13:11; EpArist; Philo, Op. M. 9; Jos., Ant. 7, 39; 9, 162; 15, 249 al.; Just., A I, 60, 2; Tat. 39, 2; 41, 1; Ath. 30, 4.—ORiemann, RevPhilol n.s. 6, 1882, 73–75; HKallenberg, RhM n.s. 68, 1913, 465–76; B-D-F §396) ἀναγινώσκειν Mk 12:26 v.l. (for πῶς); Lk 6:4 (w. πῶς as v.l.). μνησθῆναι Lk 24:6 (D ὅσα); cp. 22:61 (=Lat. quomodo, as in ms. c of the Old Itala; cp. Plautus, Poen. 3, 1, 54–56). ἐπίστασθαι (Jos., Ant. 7, 372) Ac 10:28; 20:18b v.l. (for πῶς). εἰδέναι (MAI 37, 1912, 183 [= Kl. T. 110, 81, 10] ἴστε ὡς [131/132 A.D.]) 1 Th 2:11a. μάρτυς ὡς Ro 1:9; Phil 1:8; 1 Th 2:10.—ὡς ὅτι s. ὅτι 5b.
    w. numerals, a degree that approximates a point on a scale of extent, about, approximately, nearly (Hdt., Thu. et al.; PAmh 72, 12; PTebt 381, 4 [VSchuman, ClW 28, ’34/35, 95f: pap]; Jos., Ant. 6, 95; Ruth 1:4; 1 Km 14:2; TestJob 31:2; JosAs 1:6) ὡς δισχίλιοι Mk 5:13. Cp. 8:9; Lk 1:56; 8:42; J 1:39; 4:6; 6:10, 19; 19:14, 39; 21:8; Ac 4:4; 5:7, 36; 13:18, 20; 27:37 v.l. (Hemer, Acts 149 n. 140); Rv 8:1.
    a relatively high point on a scale involving exclamation, how! (X., Cyr. 1, 3, 2 ὦ μῆτερ, ὡς καλός μοι ὁ πάππος! Himerius, Or. 54 [=Or. 15], 1 ὡς ἡδύ μοι τὸ θέατρον=how pleasant … ! Ps 8:2; 72:1; TestJob 7:12) ὡς ὡραῖοι οἱ πόδες τῶν εὐαγγελιζομένων ἀγαθά Ro 10:15 (cp. Is 52:7). Cp. 11:33. ὡς μεγάλη μοι ἡ σήμερον ἡμέρα GJs 19:2.
    temporal conjunction (B-D-F §455, 2; 3; Harnack, SBBerlAk 1908, 392).
    w. the aor. when, after (Hom., Hdt. et al.; Diod S 14, 80, 1; pap [POxy 1489, 4 al.]; LXX; TestAbr B 3 p. 107, 6 [Stone p. 62]; JosAs 3:2; ParJer 3:1; ApcMos 22; Jos., Bell. 1, 445b; Just., D. 2, 4; 3, 1) ὡς ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι Lk 1:23. ὡς ἐγεύσατο ὁ ἀρχιτρίκλινος J 2:9.—Lk 1:41, 44; 2:15, 39; 4:25; 5:4; 7:12; 15:25; 19:5; 22:66; 23:26; J 4:1, 40; 6:12, 16; 7:10; 11:6, 20, 29, 32f; 18:6; 19:33; 21:9; Ac 5:24; 10:7, 25; 13:29; 14:5; 16:10, 15; 17:13; 18:5; 19:21; 21:1, 12; 22:25; 27:1, 27; 28:4. AcPl Ha 3, 20.
    w. pres. or impf. while, when, as long as (Menand., Fgm. 538, 2 K. ὡς ὁδοιπορεῖς; Cyrill. Scyth. [VI A.D.] ed. ESchwartz ’39 p. 143, 1; 207, 22 ὡς ἔτι εἰμί=as long as I live) ὡς ὑπάγεις μετὰ τοῦ ἀντιδίκου σου while you are going with your opponent Lk 12:58. ὡς ἐλάλει ἡμῖν, ὡς διήνοιγεν ἡμῖν τὰς γραφάς while he was talking, while he was opening the scriptures to us 24:32.—J 2:23; 8:7; 12:35f ( as long as; cp. ἕως 2a); Ac 1:10; 7:23; 9:23; 10:17; 13:25; 19:9; 21:27; 25:14; Gal 6:10 ( as long as); 2 Cl 8:1; 9:7; IRo 2:2; ISm 9:1 (all four as long as).—ὡς w. impf., and in the next clause the aor. ind. w. the same subject (Diod S 15, 45, 4 ὡς ἐθεώρουν …, συνεστήσαντο ‘when [or ‘as soon as’] they noticed …, they put together [a fleet]’; SIG 1169, 58 ὡς ἐνεκάθευδε, εἶδε ‘while he was sleeping [or ‘when he went to sleep’] [in the temple] he saw [a dream or vision]’) Mt 28:9 v.l.; J 20:11; Ac 8:36; 16:4; 22:11. Since (Soph., Oed. R. 115; Thu. 4, 90, 3) ὡς τοῦτο γέγονεν Mk 9:21.
    ὡς ἄν or ὡς ἐάν w. subjunctive of the time of an event in the future when, as soon as.
    α. ὡς ἄν (Hyperid. 2, 43, 4; Herodas 5, 50; Lucian, Cronosolon 11; PHib 59, 1 [c. 245 B.C.] ὡς ἂν λάβῃς; UPZ 71, 18 [152 B.C.]; PTebt 26, 2. Cp. Witkowski 87; Gen 12:12; Josh 2:14; Is 8:21; Da 3:15 Theod.; Ath. 31, 3 [ἐάν Schwartz]) Ro 15:24; 1 Cor 11:34; Phil 2:23.
    β. ὡς ἐάν (PFay 111, 16 [95/96 A.D.] ὡς ἐὰν βλέπῃς) 1 Cl 12:5f; Hv 3, 8, 9; 3, 13, 2.
    w. the superlative ὡς τάχιστα (a bookish usage; s. B-D-F §244, 1; Rob. 669) as quickly as possible Ac 17:15 (s. ταχέως 1c).
    a final particle, expressing intention/purpose, with a view to, in order to
    w. subjunctive (Hom.+; TestAbr A 4 p. 80, 33 [Stone p. 8]; SibOr 3, 130; Synes., Hymni 3, 44 [NTerzaghi ’39]) ὡς τελειώσω in order that I might finish Ac 20:24 v.l. (s. Mlt. 249).
    w. inf. (X.; Arrian [very oft.: ABoehner, De Arriani dicendi genere, diss. Erlangen 1885 p. 56]; PGen 28, 12 [II A.D.]; ZPE 8, ’71, 177: letter of M. Ant. 57, cp. 44–46; 3 Macc 1:2; Joseph.; cp. the use of the opt. Just., D. 2, 3) Lk 9:52. ὡς τελειῶσαι Ac 20:24. ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν Hb 7:9 (s. ἔπος).
    used w. prepositions to indicate the direction intended (Soph., Thu., X. [Kühner-G. I 472 note 1]; Polyb. 1, 29, 1; LRadermacher, Philol 60, 1901, 495f) πορεύεσθαι ὡς ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν Ac 17:14 v.l.—WStählin, Symbolon, ’58, 99–104. S. also ὡσάν, ὡσαύτως, ὡσεί 2, ὥσπερ b, ὡσπερεί, ὥστε 2b. DELG. M-M.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ὡς

См. также в других словарях:

  • many — many, several, sundry, various, divers, numerous, multifarious mean consisting of a large number or comprising a large group. Many implies a likeness between the individuals or units in class, category, kind, or sort; except that it vaguely… …   New Dictionary of Synonyms

  • many */*/*/ — UK [ˈmenɪ] / US adverb, determiner, predeterminer, pronoun Word forms many : comparative more UK [mɔː(r)] / US [mɔr] superlative most UK [məʊst] / US [moʊst] Summary: Many can be used in the following ways: as a determiner (followed by a plural… …   English dictionary

  • many — man|y [ meni ] (comparative more [ mɔr ] ; superlative most [ moust ] ) function word, quantifier *** Many can be used in the following ways: as a determiner (followed by a plural noun): It happened many years ago. How many children do you have?… …   Usage of the words and phrases in modern English

  • cases — 1. Cases are the functions of nouns, pronouns, and adjectives in sentences, as reflected in their endings or some other aspect of their form. The chief cases we are concerned with are: subjective (or nominative): the function of subject of a verb …   Modern English usage

  • Cases of controversial relations with the Axis of World War II — includes states which were not officially members of Axis but had controversial relations with one or more Axis members.Europe Andorra During the Second World War, Andorra remained neutral but was an important smuggling route between Vichy France …   Wikipedia

  • CASES — CASES, Italian family mainly centered in Mantua, where they maintained their private synagogue until the 20th century. Over many generations, members of the family were physicians, rabbis, and secretaries of the Mantua community. The family… …   Encyclopedia of Judaism

  • Many-sorted logic — can reflect formally our intention, not to handle the universe as a homogeneous collection of objects, but to partition it in a way that is similar to types in typeful programming. Both functional and assertive parts of speech in the language of… …   Wikipedia

  • Cases Computer Simulations — (known as C.C.S.) was a software company which specialised in strategy and war games for the ZX Spectrum, a number of which were ported to the BBC Micro and Acorn Electron. Their cassette inlays often featured quite stylised pictures and they… …   Wikipedia

  • Many-worlds interpretation — The quantum mechanical Schrödinger s cat paradox according to the many worlds interpretation. In this interpretation every event is a branch point; the cat is both alive and dead, even before the box is opened, but the alive and dead cats are in… …   Wikipedia

  • Many-valued logic — In logic, a many valued logic (also multi or multiple valued logic) is a propositional calculus in which there are more than two truth values. Traditionally, in Aristotle s logical calculus, there were only two possible values (i.e., true and… …   Wikipedia

  • Many-body theory — The many body theory (or Many body physics) is an area of physics which provides the framework for understanding the collective behavior of vast assemblies of interacting particles. In general terms, the many body theory deals with effects that… …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»